Initial Public Offering (IPO): Pre-Effective Amendment to Registration Statement (General Form) — Form S-1 Filing Table of Contents
Document/ExhibitDescriptionPagesSize 1: S-1/A Airvana, Inc. HTML 1.65M
14: CORRESP ¶ Comment-Response or Other Letter to the SEC HTML 5K
2: EX-3.1 EX-3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of the 92 308K
Registrant, as Amended
3: EX-3.3 EX-3.3 Form of Restated Certificate of 9 43K
Incorporation
4: EX-4.1 EX-4.1 Specimen Certificate Evidencing Shares of 2 15K
Common Stock
5: EX-5.1 EX-5.1 Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale & HTML 14K
Dorr LLP
6: EX-10.1 EX-10.1 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended 7 33K
11: EX-10.10 EX-10.10 Lease Agreement, Dated as of August 4, 99 749K
2005
12: EX-10.11 EX-10.11 Form of Director and Executive Officer 10 45K
Indemnification Agreement
7: EX-10.2 EX-10.2 2007 Stock Incentive Plan 12 55K
8: EX-10.3 EX-10.3 Forms of Incentive Stock Option Agreements 15 64K
Under 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
9: EX-10.4 EX-10.4 Forms of Nonstatutory Stock Option 15 64K
Agreements Under 2007 Stock Incentive
Plan
10: EX-10.5 EX-10.5 Third Amended and Resated Investor Rights 38 146K
Agreement
13: EX-23.1 EX-23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP 1 7K
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to
public: as soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier registration statement for the same
offering. o
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
Proposed Maximum
Proposed Maximum
Amount of
Title of Each Class of
Amount to be
Offering Price
Aggregate Offering
Registration
Securities to be Registered
Registered(1)
Per Share(2)
Price(2)
Fee(3)(4)
Common stock, $0.001 par value
per share
9,545,000 shares
$10.00
$95,450,000
$2,931
(1)
Includes 1,245,000 shares of Common Stock that may be
purchased by the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration
fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended.
(3)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(a) based on an estimate of
the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.
(4)
The Registrant previously paid the entire registration fee in
connection with its initial filing on April 19, 2007.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
Airvana, Inc. is offering 8,300,000 shares of its
common stock. This is our initial public offering, and no public
market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the
initial public offering price will be between $8.00 and
$10.00 per share.
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the
NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “AIRV.”
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See
“Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.
PRICE $ A SHARE
Underwriting
Discounts and
Proceeds to
Price to Public
Commissions
Airvana
Per Share
$
$
$
Total
$
$
$
We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to
an additional 1,245,000 shares of common stock to cover
over-allotments.
The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities
regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities
or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to
deliver the shares to purchasers
on ,
2007.
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to
be delivered or made available to you. We have not authorized
anyone to provide you with different information. We are
offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our
common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only
as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of
delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common
stock.
Until ,
2007 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required
to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in
addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus
when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
We use various trademarks and trade names in our business,
including without limitation, Airvana and AirVista. This
prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other
businesses that are the property of their respective holders.
This prospectus also contains estimates and other statistical
data made by independent parties and by us relating to market
size and growth and other industry data. This data involves a
number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not
to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not
independently verified the statistical and other industry data
generated by independent parties and contained in this
prospectus and, accordingly, we cannot guarantee their accuracy
or completeness. In addition, projections, assumptions and
estimates of our future performance and the future performance
of the industries in which we operate are necessarily subject to
a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of
factors, including those described in “Risk Factors,”“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operation” and elsewhere in this
prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to
differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by
the independent parties and by us.
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the
information you should consider before investing in our common
stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully,
especially the “Risk Factors” section beginning on
page 7 and our consolidated financial statements and the
related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before
making an investment decision.
AIRVANA,
INC.
Overview
Airvana is a leading provider of network infrastructure products
used by wireless operators to provide mobile broadband services.
Our software and hardware products, which are based on Internet
Protocol, or IP, technology, enable wireless networks to deliver
broadband-quality multimedia services to mobile phones, laptop
computers and other mobile devices. These services include
Internet access,
e-mail,
music downloads, video,
IP-TV,
gaming,
push-to-talk
and
voice-over-IP,
or VoIP. Broadband multimedia services are growing rapidly as
business users and consumers increasingly use mobile devices to
work, communicate, play music and video, and access the Internet.
Our products leverage our expertise in three
technologies — wireless communications, IP and
broadband networking. IP technology is the foundation of our
solutions. Our solutions enable new services and deliver
carrier-grade mobility, scalability and reliability with
relatively low operating and capital costs. As a result, our
products have advantages over products based on circuit-switched
or legacy communication protocols.
Our current mobile broadband network products are based on a
wireless communications standard called CDMA2000 1xEV-DO, or
EV-DO. In 2002, we began delivering products based on the first
generation EV-DO standard known as Revision 0, or Rev 0, which
has been deployed throughout the networks of many wireless
operators. Our next version of software is based on the second
generation EV-DO standard known as Revision A, or Rev A, which
provides increased data speeds and supports
push-to-talk
and VoIP. Certain major wireless operators are currently
deploying this new, faster technology in their networks.
We are developing new products to address the markets for
fixed-mobile convergence, or FMC, and in-building mobile
broadband services. We recently commenced trials of our first
FMC product. Our FMC products will enable operators to take
advantage of wireline broadband connections that already exist
in most offices and homes to deliver wireless services through a
combination of mobile and Wi-Fi networks. Our FMC products under
development include versions to support CDMA, UMTS and WiMAX
networks. We also utilize our mobile broadband technology and
products in specialized applications, such as military and
public safety communications, that require their own mobile
networks.
We sell our EV-DO products primarily through an original
equipment manufacturer, or OEM, agreement with Nortel Networks.
Through Nortel Networks, we have sold EV-DO product licenses for
use by over 30 operators worldwide, including Alltel, Bell
Mobility, Sprint Nextel, Telefonica, Telus and Verizon Wireless.
Also, we have entered into OEM agreements with Alcatel-Lucent to
develop and sell additional EV-DO products and with Qualcomm to
sell EV-DO systems.
We collaborate with our OEM customers to develop and negotiate
pricing for specific features for future product releases and
specified software upgrades. Because we do not sell the same
products and upgrades to more than one customer, we are unable
to establish fair value for these products and upgrades. As a
result, we are required to defer most of our revenue from sales
to our OEM customers until we ship specified upgrades that were
committed to the OEM customer at the time of sale. Because of
this deferral, we believe that our product and service billings
are a better reflection of our sales activity in any period.
In the first quarter of fiscal 2007, our revenue was
$0.3 million, our cash flow from operating activities was
$61.2 million and our operating loss was
$21.5 million. In fiscal 2006, our revenue was
$170.3 million, our cash flow from operating activities was
$25.1 million and our operating income was $57.1 million.
Our research and development team is comprised of approximately
400 engineers, and we have spent over $195.0 million on the
development of our products over the past seven years.
Mobile broadband services fulfill needs of both consumers and
business users. For consumers, mobile broadband presents an
opportunity to access on their mobile phones all of the
multimedia services they normally access from their home or
office using their wireline broadband connection. These services
include music downloads, video streaming, gaming, information
access (searches, news, weather, financial data) and electronic
commerce. For business users, mobile broadband provides
high-speed access to email, file downloads and online
information through their mobile phones, smart phones and laptop
computers.
By delivering wireless broadband services, operators are
increasing their data services revenue, thereby mitigating the
decline in voice revenue caused by heightened competition. We
expect that the introduction of VoIP telephony services on
mobile broadband networks, coupled with the accelerated use of
other multimedia applications, will increasingly make mobile
broadband networks the primary method for mobile communications
and entertainment.
Traditional circuit-switched networks cannot effectively deliver
mobile multimedia services, which require a technology optimized
for the Internet and capable of transmission at broadband speed.
Wireless operators therefore need a new solution — a
mobile broadband architecture based on IP technology. This
solution must be deployable at relatively low cost, sufficiently
scalable to support millions of users and capable of delivering
carrier-grade reliability. The development of these solutions
requires a combination of three disciplines: wireless
communications, IP and broadband networking.
Our
Solution
We have developed a suite of
IP-based
wireless infrastructure products that allow operators to provide
users of mobile phones, laptop computers and other mobile
devices with access to mobile broadband services. Our products:
•
Enable New Service Offerings. Our EV-DO
products allow operators to offer: broadband Internet access;
multimedia consumer services, such as music and video downloads;
and enhanced voice services, such as VoIP and
push-to-talk.
•
Provide Scalability and Reliability. Our EV-DO
products enable operators to scale their networks reliably and
incrementally to expand geographic reach and add capacity.
•
Reduce Capital and Operating Expenses. Our
EV-DO products enable operators to reduce their capital and
operating expenses by taking advantage of efficiencies
associated with the use of IP technology.
•
Leverage Existing Broadband Infrastructure. We
are developing fixed-mobile convergence products that will allow
operators to take advantage of broadband and Wi-Fi connections
that already exist in most homes and offices to deliver mobile
voice and data services.
Our
Strategy
Our strategy is to enhance our leadership in the mobile
broadband infrastructure market by growing our EV-DO business,
expanding our current product offering, acquiring new customers
and seeking selected acquisition opportunities. Principal
elements of our strategy include the following:
•
Grow our EV-DO Business. We plan to grow sales
of our EV-DO products as operators continue to expand both the
coverage and capacity of their wireless networks and increase
their offerings of mobile broadband services. In addition, we
believe opportunities exist to use our EV-DO technologies to
address new markets, such as
air-to-ground,
military and public safety communications.
•
Enter the Fixed-Mobile Convergence Market. We
are currently conducting trials of our Universal Access Gateway,
or UAG, product that will allow wireless and wireline operators
to deliver mobile voice and data services through a combination
of wireless and wireline access technologies. We are also
developing femto cell access point products for in-building
deployment in CDMA and UMTS networks. Femto cell access points
are small, inexpensive “personal” base stations that
connect to the operator’s network through a broadband
Internet connection in the home or office.
Develop Products for the GSM/UMTS Markets. We
are currently developing products to address the GSM/UMTS
markets.
•
Leverage our Expertise in All-IP Mobile Networks to Develop
4G Technologies. We believe our expertise in
EV-DO and all-IP wireless network technology positions us well
to develop wireless infrastructure products based on
fourth-generation wireless standards, known as 4G.
•
Expand our OEM Sales Channels. We intend to
continue to pursue new OEM relationships to leverage their
extensive operator relationships, industry networks and global
reach.
•
Leverage our Existing Operator
Relationships. While our OEM customers represent
our primary sales channel, we also offer some products for sale
directly to operators.
•
Pursue Selected Acquisition Opportunities. We
intend to pursue acquisitions that we believe will complement
our strategy and broaden our customer base and technologies.
Recent
Development
On April 30, 2007, we acquired 3Way Networks Limited, a United
Kingdom-based provider of personal base stations and solutions
for the UMTS market, for an aggregate purchase price of
approximately $11.0 million in cash and 441,845 shares of common
stock. The acquisition furthers our strategy to address the UMTS
market and to deliver fixed-mobile convergence and in-building
mobile broadband solutions.
Our
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in Delaware on March 13, 2000. Our
corporate headquarters are located at 19 Alpha Road, Chelmsford,
Massachusetts01824, and our telephone number is
(978) 250-3000.
Our website address is www.airvana.com. The information
contained on our website or that can be accessed through our
website is not part of this prospectus, and investors should not
rely on any such information in making the decision whether to
purchase our common stock.
Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms
“our company,”“we,”“us” and
“our” in this prospectus to refer to Airvana, Inc. and
its subsidiaries.
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
63,369,555 shares
Over-allotment option to be offered by us
1,245,000 shares
Use of proceeds
We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering for working
capital and general corporate purposes, primarily to fund
research and development activities related to our EV-DO and FMC
products and to fund the further expansion of our sales and
marketing functions, primarily outside the United States.
Specifically, we plan to hire additional personnel and
anticipate incurring additional capital expenditures and
facilities costs associated with such increased headcount. In
addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this
offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses,
technologies or other assets. See “Use of Proceeds”
for more information.
Risk factors
You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this
prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully
before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol
“AIRV”
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after
this offering is based on the number of shares of our common
stock outstanding as of April 30, 2007 and excludes:
•
12,786,677 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2007, at a
weighted-average exercise price of $1.82 per share;
•
1,539,720 shares of common stock reserved for future
issuance under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan as of
April 30, 2007, of which options to purchase 75,018 shares
will be granted effective upon the closing of this offering at
an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price;
•
11,252,813 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance
under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic
increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for
future issuance under this plan; and
•
48,118 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2007, at an exercise
price of $4.28 per share.
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes
the following:
•
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our
redeemable convertible preferred stock into
40,624,757 shares of common stock upon the closing of this
offering;
•
gives effect to a one-for-1.333 reverse stock split that was
effected on June 29, 2007;
•
no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after
April 30, 2007;
•
the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and the
adoption of our amended and restated by-laws upon the closing of
this offering; and
•
no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.
The tables below summarize our consolidated financial data. You
should read the following information together with the more
detailed information contained in “Selected Consolidated
Financial Data,”“Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying
notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year
ends on the Sunday closest to December 31.
We recognize revenue from the sale of products and services
under our OEM agreements only after we deliver specified
software upgrades that were committed at the time of sale. We
record as deferred revenue the product and service billings that
we are unable to recognize as revenue. This revenue is
recognized later upon delivery of these specified software
upgrades. As a result, we believe that our revenue, taken in
isolation, provides limited insight into the performance of our
business. Therefore, we also present in the following tables:
product and service billings, which reflects our sales activity
in a period; cost related to product and service billings, which
reflects the cost associated with our product and service
billings; deferred revenue at the end of the period, which
reflects the cumulative billings that we were unable to
recognize under our revenue recognition policy; deferred product
cost at the end of a period, which reflects the cost associated
with our deferred revenue; and cash flow from operating
activities. We evaluate our performance by assessing our product
and service billings and the cost related to product and service
billings, in addition to other financial metrics presented in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or
GAAP.
The unaudited pro forma basic net
income (loss) per common share was computed by dividing net
income (loss) by the pro forma weighted average number of shares
of common stock outstanding during the period. The pro forma
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding
consists of the weighted average number of shares of common
stock outstanding plus the weighted average number of shares of
redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding, on an
if-converted basis. The pro forma weighted average number of
shares of common stock used in the computation of diluted net
income per share also includes the dilutive impact of the
outstanding common stock equivalents. The calculation of pro
forma basic and diluted net income per share includes income
that is applicable to both common and preferred stockholders
(reported net income) while the calculation of basic and diluted
net income per share includes only income applicable to common
shareholders. The percentage increase in income used in the
numerator exceeds the percentage increase in the number of
shares used in the denominator in the pro forma computation and,
therefore, results in higher per share amounts in fiscal 2006.
(2)
Product and service billings
represents amounts invoiced for products and services delivered
and services to be delivered to our customers for which payment
is expected to be made in accordance with normal payment terms.
For software-only products sold to OEM customers, we invoice
only upon notification of sale by our OEM customers. We use
product and service billings to assess our business performance
and as a critical metric for our incentive compensation program.
We believe product and service billings is a consistent measure
of our sales activity from period to period. Product and service
billings is not a GAAP measure and does not purport to be an
alternative to revenue or any other performance measure derived
in accordance with GAAP. The following table reconciles revenue
to product and service billings:
Cost related to product and service
billings represents the costs directly attributable to products
and services delivered and invoiced to our customers in the
period. We record product cost related to product and service
billings as deferred product cost until such time as the related
deferred revenue is recognized upon the delivery of specified
software upgrades. When we recognize revenue, the related
deferred product cost is expensed as cost of revenue. We believe
that cost related to product and service billings is an
important measure of our operating performance. Cost related to
product and service billings is not a GAAP measure and does not
purport to be an alternative to cost of revenue or any other
performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. The
following table reconciles cost of revenue to cost related to
product and service billings:
Less: Deferred product cost, at
beginning of period
(3,949
)
(28,196
)
(66,966
)
(66,966
)
(34,214
)
Cost related to product and service
billings
$
28,700
$
45,303
$
12,543
$
5,861
$
1,842
(4)
The pro forma balance sheet data
reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all shares of our
redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of
April 1, 2007 into 40,624,757 shares of common stock
upon the closing of this offering, (ii) the automatic
conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase redeemable
convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase
48,118 shares of common stock upon the closing of this
offering and (iii) the payment on April 5, 2007 of a cash
dividend on our capital stock in the aggregate amount of
$72.7 million. The pro forma balance sheet data does not
reflect the payment of $11.0 million in cash and the
issuance of 441,845 shares of common stock in connection
with the acquisition of 3Way Networks Limited on April 30,2007.
(5)
The pro forma as adjusted balance
sheet data reflects the items described in the first sentence of
footnote (4) above and our receipt of estimated net
proceeds from the sale of 8,300,000 shares of common stock
that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price
of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range
listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the
estimated discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as
well as the other information in this prospectus, before
deciding whether to invest in our common stock. If any of the
following risks materializes, our business, financial condition
and results of operations would suffer. The trading price of our
common stock could decline as a result of any of these risks.
Risks
Related to Our Business
We
depend on a single OEM customer, Nortel Networks, for almost all
of our revenue and billings, and a significant shortfall in
sales to Nortel Networks would significantly harm our business
and operating results.
We derived almost all of our revenue and billings in each of the
last several years from sales to a single OEM customer, Nortel
Networks. Nortel Networks accounted for 95% of our revenue in
fiscal 2006. Nortel Networks accounted for 100% of our billings
for the first quarter of fiscal 2007, 94% of our billings in
fiscal 2006, 98% of our billings in fiscal 2005 and 97% of our
billings in fiscal 2004. Our contract with Nortel Networks can
be terminated by Nortel Networks at any time and, in any event,
does not contain commitments for future purchases of our
products. The rate at which Nortel Networks purchases products
from us depends on its success in selling to operators its own
EV-DO infrastructure solutions that include our products. There
can be no assurance that Nortel Networks will continue to devote
significant resources to its wireless infrastructure business or
that it will be successful in the future in such business.
Nortel Networks might seek to develop internally, or acquire
from a third party, alternative wireless solutions to those
currently purchased from us. In addition, Nortel Networks may
seek to develop an alternative solution by utilizing technology
that has been developed by LG Electronics, with which Nortel
Networks currently has established a joint venture. We expect to
derive a substantial majority of our revenue and billings in
fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008 from Nortel Networks, and therefore
any adverse change in our relationship with Nortel Networks, or
a significant decline or shortfall in our sales to Nortel
Networks, would materially harm our business and operating
results.
Because
our OEM business model requires us to defer the recognition of
most of our revenue from product sales until we deliver
specified upgrades, our revenue in any period is not likely to
be indicative of the level of our sales activity in that
period.
We recognize revenue from the sale of products under our OEM
agreements only after we deliver specified upgrades to those
products that were committed at the time of sale. The period of
development of these upgrades can range from 12 to
24 months after the date of commitment. As a result, most
of our revenue in any quarter typically reflects license fees
under our OEM agreements for products delivered and invoiced to
customers several quarters earlier. For these products, we
record the amount of the invoice as deferred revenue and then
recognize such deferred revenue as revenue upon delivery of the
committed software upgrades. As a result, our revenue is not
likely to be indicative of the level of our sales activity in
any period. Due to our OEM business model, we expect that, for
the foreseeable future, any quarter in which we recognize a
significant amount of deferred revenue as a result of our
delivery of a previously committed upgrade will be followed by
several quarters of insignificant revenue as we defer revenue
while we develop additional upgrades. Investors may encounter
difficulties in tracking the performance of our business because
our revenue will not reflect the level of our billings in any
period, and these difficulties could adversely affect the
trading price of our common stock.
Our
revenue and billings growth may be constrained by our product
concentration and lack of revenue diversification.
Almost all of our revenue and billings to date have been derived
from sales of our EV-DO products, and we expect this trend to
continue for the foreseeable future. Continued market acceptance
of these products is critical to our future success. The future
demand for our EV-DO products depends, in large part, on the
continued expansion of the EV-DO-based wireless networks
currently deployed by operators and determinations by additional
operators to deploy EV-DO-based wireless networks. Demand for
our EV-DO products also depends on our ability to continue to
develop and deliver on a timely basis product upgrades to enable
operators to enhance the performance of their networks and
implement new mobile broadband services. Any decline in demand
for EV-DO products, or inability
on our part to develop and deliver product upgrades that meet
the needs of operators, would adversely affect our business and
operating results.
Our
current products are based exclusively on the CDMA2000 air
interface standard for wireless communications, and therefore
any movement by existing or prospective operator customers to a
different standard could impair our business and operating
results.
There are multiple competing air interface standards for
wireless communications networks. Our current products are based
exclusively on the CDMA2000 air interface standard, which
handles a majority of wireless subscribers in the United States.
Other standards, such as GSM/UMTS, are currently the primary
standards used by wireless operators in mobile networks
worldwide. Our EV-DO products do not operate in networks using
the GSM/UMTS standards.
We believe there are a limited number of operators that have not
already chosen the air interface standard to deploy in their
third generation, or 3G, wireless networks. Our success will
therefore depend, to a significant degree, on whether operators
that have currently deployed CDMA2000-based networks expand and
upgrade their networks and whether additional operators that
have not yet deployed 3G networks select CDMA2000 as their
standard. Our business will be harmed if operators currently
utilizing the CDMA2000 standard transition their networks to a
competing standard and we have not at that time developed and
begun to offer competitive products that are compatible with
that standard. Our business will also be harmed if operators
that have currently deployed both CDMA and GSM/UMTS networks
determine to focus more of their resources on their GSM/UMTS
networks.
The
introduction of fourth generation wireless technology could
reduce spending on our EV-DO products and therefore harm our
operating results.
The standards for mobile broadband solutions are expected to
evolve into a fourth generation of wireless standards, known as
4G. Wireless operators have announced plans to build networks
based on the 4G standard. For example, Sprint Nextel recently
announced its intent to build a 4G network using WiMAX
technology to deliver multimedia services to its customers.
Although a prevailing 4G technology has yet to emerge, several
of the competing technologies are likely not to be compatible
with our 3G EV-DO network technologies. The market for our
existing EV-DO products is likely to decline if and when
operators begin to delay expenditures for EV-DO products in
anticipation of the availability of new 4G-based products. Our
primary OEM customer, Nortel Networks, has publicly announced
that it is developing 4G-based WiMAX products. We do not have an
agreement to supply Nortel Networks with any 4G-based products.
We believe that it is likely that Nortel Networks will choose to
enter into partnerships for 4G-based products with one or more
of our competitors or choose to develop these products
internally.
Our future success will depend on our ability to develop and
market new products compatible with 4G standards and the
acceptance of those products by operators. The development and
introduction of these products will be time consuming and
expensive, and we may not be able to correctly anticipate the
market for 4G-compatible products and related business trends.
Any inability to develop successfully 4G-based products could
harm significantly our future business and operating results.
The
variable sales and deployment cycles for our EV-DO products are
likely to cause our quarterly billings to fluctuate
materially.
The deployment by operators of wireless infrastructure equipment
that enables new end-user services typically occurs in stages,
and our quarterly billings will vary significantly depending on
the rate at which such deployments occur. Operators will
typically make significant initial investments for new equipment
to assure that new services facilitated by such equipment are
available to end-users throughout the operator’s network.
Operators typically will defer significant additional purchases
of such equipment until end-user usage of the services offered
through such equipment creates demand for increased capacity.
Our quarterly billings will typically increase significantly
when an operator either chooses initially to deploy an EV-DO
network or deploys a significant product upgrade introduced by
us, and our quarterly billings will decline in other quarters
when those deployments have been completed.
It is difficult to anticipate the rate at which operators will
deploy our wireless infrastructure products, the rate at which
the use of new mobile broadband services will create demand for
additional capacity, and the rate at which operators will
implement significant product upgrades. For example, our product
and service billings in fiscal 2006 reflected an increase in
sales of software for OEM base station channel cards that
support Rev A as operators ramped up their deployments of
EV-DO infrastructure. We anticipate that our product and service
billings for the second quarter and third quarter of fiscal 2007
will be less than our product and service billings for the first
quarter of fiscal 2007. We expect that several large operators
will complete their initial deployments of Rev A software
in the first half of fiscal 2007 and then moderate their
deployments over the remainder of the year until subscriber use
creates a need for additional capacity. Accordingly, our product
and service billings for fiscal 2007 may be lower than those in
fiscal 2006. The staged deployments of wireless infrastructure
equipment by customers of both our existing and new OEMs are
likely to continue to cause significant volatility in our
quarterly operating results.
If
demand for mobile broadband services does not develop as quickly
as we anticipate, or develops in a manner that we do not
anticipate, our revenue and billings may decline or fail to
grow, which would adversely affect our operating
results.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, all of our revenue
and billings from sales of mobile broadband infrastructure
products. We expect demand for mobile broadband services to be
the primary driver for growth of EV-DO networks. The market for
mobile broadband services is relatively new and still evolving,
and it is uncertain whether these services will achieve and
sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. The level
of demand and market acceptance for these services may be
adversely affected by factors that limit or interrupt the supply
of mobile phones designed for EV-DO networks. For example, an
order recently issued by the United States International Trade
Commission in a patent dispute between Broadcom Corporation and
Qualcomm barring importation into the United States of some
Qualcomm chips that are used in EV-DO mobile phones may have the
effect of hampering demand for mobile broadband services.
Another expected driver for the growth of EV-DO networks is
VoIP. The migration of voice traffic to EV-DO networks will
depend on many factors outside of our control. If the demand for
VoIP and other mobile broadband services does not grow, or grows
more slowly than expected, the need for our EV-DO products would
be diminished and our operating results would be significantly
harmed.
Deployments
of our EV-DO products by two large wireless operators account
for a substantial majority of our revenue and billings, and a
decision by these operators to reduce their use of our products
would harm our business and operating results.
A substantial majority of our cumulative billings for fiscal
2005, fiscal 2006 and the first quarter of fiscal 2007 are
attributable to sales of our EV-DO products by Nortel Networks
to two large wireless operators in North America. Our sales of
EV-DO products currently depend to a significant extent on the
rate at which these operators expand and upgrade their CDMA
networks. Our business and operating results would be harmed if
either of these operators were to select a wireless network
solution offered by a competitor or for any other reason were to
discontinue or reduce the use of our products or product
upgrades in their networks.
If the
market for our fixed-mobile convergence products does not
develop as we expect, or our fixed-mobile convergence products
do not achieve sufficient market acceptance, our business would
suffer.
We are developing our FMC products so that operators may offer
mobile broadband services using wireline broadband connections
and a combination of mobile and Wi-Fi networks. We expect to
commence commercial sales of our initial FMC products in the
second half of 2007. However, it is possible that the market for
our FMC products will not develop as we expect. Even if a market
for our FMC products develops, it is uncertain whether our FMC
products will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and
market acceptance. Our ability to sell our FMC products will
depend, in part, on factors outside our control, such as the
commercial availability and market acceptance of mobile phones
designed to support FMC applications and the market acceptance
of femto cell access point products. The market for our FMC
products may be smaller than we expect, the market may develop
more slowly than we expect or our competitors may develop
alternative technologies that are more attractive to operators.
Our FMC products are an important component of our growth and
diversification strategy and, therefore, if we are
unable to successfully execute on this strategy, our sales,
billings and revenues could decrease and our operating results
could be harmed.
Our
future sales will depend on our success in generating sales to a
limited number of OEM customers, and any failure to do so would
have a significant detrimental effect on our
business.
There are a limited number of OEMs that offer EV-DO solutions,
several of which have developed their own EV-DO technology
internally and, therefore, do not require solutions from us. We
currently have agreements with three OEM customers. We do not
expect to commence significant sales to two of these OEM
customers in the immediate future because we are not scheduled
to complete development of the products we are developing for
these OEM customers in the immediate future. Our operating
results for the foreseeable future will depend to a significant
extent on our ability to effect sales to our existing OEM
customers. Our OEM customers have substantial purchasing power
and leverage in negotiating pricing and other contractual terms
with us. In addition, further consolidation in the
communications equipment market could adversely affect our OEM
customer relationships. If we fail to generate significant
product and service billings through our existing OEM
relationships or if we fail to establish significant new OEM
relationships, we would not be able to achieve our anticipated
level of sales and our results of operations would suffer.
The
unpredictability of our future results may adversely affect the
trading price of our common stock.
Our operating results have varied significantly from period to
period, and are expected to continue to vary significantly from
period to period for the foreseeable future due to a number of
factors in addition to the unpredictable purchasing patterns of
operators. The following factors, among others, can contribute
to the unpredictability of our operating results:
•
the effect of our OEM business model on our revenue recognition;
•
the timing of agreements or commitments with our OEM customers
for new products or software upgrades;
•
the timing of our delivery of software upgrades;
•
the unpredictable deployment and purchasing patterns of
operators;
•
fluctuations in demand for products of our OEM customers that
are sold together with our products, and the timing and size of
orders for such products of our OEM customers;
•
new product introductions and enhancements by our competitors
and us;
•
the timing and acceptance of software upgrades sold by our OEM
customers to their installed base of operators;
•
changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our
competitors;
•
our ability to develop, introduce and deploy new products and
product upgrades that meet customer requirements in a timely
manner;
•
adjustments in the reporting of royalties and product sales by
our OEM customers resulting from reviews and audits of such
reports;
•
our and our OEM customers’ ability to obtain sufficient
supplies of limited source components or materials;
•
our and our OEM customers’ ability to attain and maintain
production volumes and quality levels for our products; and
•
general economic conditions, as well as those specific to the
communications, networking, wireless and related industries.
Our operating expenses are largely based on our anticipated
organizational and product and service billings growth,
especially as we continue to invest significant resources in the
development of future products. Most of our expenses, such as
employee compensation, are relatively fixed in the short term.
As a result, any shortfall in product
and service billings in relation to our expectations could cause
significant changes in our operating results from period to
period and could result in negative cash flow from operations.
We believe that comparing our operating results on a
period-to-period
basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past
results as an indication of our future performance. It is likely
that in some future periods, our revenue, product and service
billings, earnings, cash from operations or other operating
results will be below the expectations of securities analysts
and investors. In that event, the price of our common stock may
decrease substantially.
We may
not be able to achieve profitability for any period in the
future or sustain cash flow from operating
activities.
We began to recognize revenue in fiscal 2002, began to have
positive cash flow from operating activities in fiscal 2004 and
achieved profitability in fiscal 2006. We have only a limited
operating history on which you can base your evaluation of our
business, including our ability to continue to grow our revenue
and billings and to sustain cash flow from operating activities
and profitability. The amount and percentage of our operating
expenses that are fixed expenses have increased as we have grown
our business. As we continue to expand and develop our business,
we will need to generate significant billings to maintain
positive cash flow from operating activities, and we might not
sustain positive cash flow from operating activities for any
substantial period of time. We do not expect to achieve
profitability for any fiscal year unless we are able to
recognize significant revenue from our OEM arrangements in that
fiscal year. If we are unable to increase our billings and
sustain cash flow from operating activities, the market price of
our common stock will likely fall.
Claims
by other parties that we infringe their proprietary technology
could force us to redesign our products or to incur significant
costs.
Many companies in the wireless industry have significant patent
portfolios. These companies and other parties may claim that our
products infringe their proprietary rights. We may become
involved in litigation as a result of allegations that we
infringe the intellectual property rights of others. Any party
asserting that our products infringe their proprietary rights
would force us to defend ourselves, and possibly our customers,
against the alleged infringement. These claims and any resulting
lawsuit, if successful, could subject us to significant
liability for damages and invalidation of our proprietary
rights. We also could be forced to do one or more of the
following:
•
stop selling, incorporating or using our products that use the
challenged intellectual property;
•
obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property
right a license to sell or use the relevant technology, which
license may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all;
•
redesign those products that use any allegedly infringing
technology, which may be costly and time-consuming; or
•
refund deposits and other amounts received for allegedly
infringing technology or products.
For example, we recently received a letter from
Wi-LAN Inc.
asserting that some of our EV-DO products infringe two issued
United States patents and an issued Canadian patent relating to
wireless communication technologies. A majority of our revenue
to date has been derived from the allegedly infringing EV-DO
products. We have evaluated various matters relating to
Wi-LAN’s assertion and we do not believe that our products
infringe any valid claim of the patents identified by Wi-LAN.
However, we may seek to obtain a license to use the relevant
technology from
Wi-LAN. We
cannot be certain that Wi-LAN would provide such a license or,
if provided, what its economic terms would be. If we were to
seek to obtain such a license, and such license were available
from Wi-LAN,
we could be required to make significant payments with respect
to past and/or future sales of our products, and such payments
may adversely affect our financial condition and operating
results. If Wi-LAN determines to pursue claims against us for
patent infringement, we might not be able to successfully defend
against such claims.
Intellectual property litigation can be costly. Even if we
prevail, the cost of such litigation could deplete our financial
resources. Litigation is also time consuming and could divert
management’s attention and resources away
from our business. Furthermore, during the course of litigation,
confidential information may be disclosed in the form of
documents or testimony in connection with discovery requests,
depositions or trial testimony. Disclosure of our confidential
information and our involvement in intellectual property
litigation could materially adversely affect our business. Some
of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex
intellectual property litigation more effectively than we can
because they have substantially greater resources. In addition,
any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation
of any litigation could significantly limit our ability to
continue our operations.
If we
are not successful in obtaining from third parties licenses to
intellectual property that is required for GSM/UMTS products
that we are developing, we may not be able to expand our
business as expected and our business may suffer.
The GSM/UMTS markets are characterized by the presence of many
patents held by third parties. We will need to obtain licenses
from third parties for intellectual property associated with our
development of GSM/UMTS products. Any required license might not
be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we succeed
in obtaining these licenses, payments under these licenses would
increase our costs for these products and our operating results
would suffer. If we failed to obtain a required license, our
ability to develop GSM/UMTS products would be impaired, we may
not be able to expand our business as expected and our business
may suffer.
If we
do not timely deliver new and enhanced products that respond to
customer requirements and technological changes, operators may
not buy our products and our revenue and product and service
billings may decline significantly.
The market for our products is characterized by rapid
technological change, frequent new product introductions and
evolving industry standards. To achieve market acceptance for
our products, we must effectively anticipate operator
requirements, and we must offer products that meet changing
operator demands in a timely manner. Operators may require
product features and capabilities that our current products do
not have. If we fail to develop products that satisfy operator
requirements, our ability to create or increase demand for our
products will be harmed.
In developing our wireless infrastructure products, we seek to
identify the long-term trends of wireless operators and their
customers. The development cycle for our products and
technologies can take multiple years. The ultimate success of
our new products depends, in large part, on the accuracy of our
assessments of the long-term needs of the industry, and it is
difficult to change quickly the design or function of a planned
new product if the market need does not develop as we
anticipated.
We may experience difficulties with software development,
industry standards, hardware design, manufacturing or marketing
that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or
implementation of new products and enhancements. The
introduction of new products by competitors, including some of
our OEM customers, the emergence of new industry standards or
the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing
product offerings could render our existing or future products
obsolete. If our products become technologically obsolete,
operators may purchase solutions offered by our competitors and
our ability to generate revenue and product and service billings
may be impaired.
Our
revenue and product and service billings growth will be limited
if our OEM customers are unable to continue to sell our products
to large wireless operators or if we have to discount our
products to support the selling efforts of our OEM
customers.
Our future success depends in part on the ability of our OEM
customers to sell our products to large wireless operators
operating complex networks that serve large numbers of
subscribers and transport high volumes of traffic. Our OEM
customers operate in a highly competitive environment and may
need to reduce the prices they charge for our products in order
to maintain or expand their market share. We may reduce the
prices we charge our OEM customers for our products in order to
support their selling efforts. If our OEM customers incur
shortfalls in their sales of mobile broadband solutions to their
existing customers or fail to expand their customer base to
include
additional operators that deploy our products in large-scale
networks serving significant numbers of subscribers or if we
reduce the prices we charge our OEM customers for our products,
our operating results will suffer.
We
depend on sole sources for certain components of our products
and our business would be harmed if the supply from our sole
sources were disrupted.
We depend on sole sources for certain components of our products
and also rely on a contract manufacturer for the production of
our hardware products. We have not entered into long-term
agreements with any of our suppliers. We depend on several
software vendors for the operating system and other capabilities
used in our EV-DO products. In addition, we purchase from
Qualcomm the cell site modem chips used in any base station
channel cards that we manufacture. If these cell site modem
chips were to become unavailable to us or to our OEM customers,
it would take us a significant period of time to develop
alternative solutions and it is likely that our operating
results would be significantly harmed.
The
market for network infrastructure products is highly competitive
and continually evolving, and if we are not able to compete
effectively, we may not be able to continue to expand our
business as expected and our business may suffer.
The market for network infrastructure products is highly
competitive and rapidly evolving. The market is subject to
changing technology trends, shifting customer needs and
expectations and frequent introduction of new products. We
expect competition to persist and intensify in the future as the
market for network infrastructure products grows and new and
existing competitors devote considerable resources to
introducing and enhancing products. For our EV-DO products, we
face competition from several of the world’s largest
telecommunications equipment providers that provide either a
directly competitive product or a product based on alternative
technologies, including Alcatel-Lucent, Hitachi, Huawei,
LG-Nortel and Samsung. In our sales to OEM customers, we face
the competitive risk that OEMs might seek to develop internally
alternative solutions to those currently purchased from us.
Additionally, our OEM customers might elect to purchase
technology from our competitors. For our FMC products, our
competition includes several public companies, including Cisco
and Ericsson, as well as several private companies. In the
air-to-ground
market, the competitive environment is less developed but, as
the market grows, we believe the competitive pressures in this
market may increase.
Our current and potential competitors may have significantly
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
we do and may be able to devote greater resources to the
development, promotion, sale and support of their products. In
addition, many of our competitors have more extensive customer
relationships than we do, and, therefore, our competitors may be
in a stronger position to respond quickly to new technologies
and may be able to market or sell their products more
effectively. Moreover, further consolidation in the
communications equipment market could adversely affect our OEM
customer relationships and competitive position. Our products
may not continue to compete favorably. We may not be successful
in the face of increasing competition from new products and
enhancements introduced by existing competitors or new companies
entering the markets in which we provide products. As a result,
we may experience price reductions for our products, order
cancellations and increased expenses. Accordingly, our business
may not grow as expected and our business may suffer.
Our
agreement with our largest OEM customer, Nortel Networks,
provides Nortel Networks with an option to license some of our
intellectual property to develop internally products competitive
with the products it currently purchases from us.
Under our OEM agreement with Nortel Networks, Nortel Networks
has the option to purchase from us the specification for
communications among base stations, radio network controllers
and network management systems. The specifications would enable
Nortel Networks to develop EV-DO software to work with the base
station channel card software licensed from us and deployed in
the networks of its wireless operator customers. If Nortel
Networks elects to exercise this option, Nortel Networks will
pay us a fixed fee as well as a royalty on sales of products
that incorporate this specification. The royalty rate varies
with annual volume but represents a portion of the license fees
we currently receive from our sales to Nortel Networks. If
Nortel Networks were to exercise the option, Nortel Networks
would receive the current interface specification at the time of
option exercise, updated with an upgrade then under development,
plus one additional upgrade subject to a development agreement
within a limited time after the option exercise for an
additional
fee. If Nortel Networks were in the future to develop its own
EV-DO software, it could, by exercising this option, enable its
own software to communicate with the base station channel cards
currently installed in its customers’ networks.
Because
our business depends on the continued strength of the
communications industry, our operating results will suffer if
that industry experiences an economic downturn.
We derive most of our revenue and billings from purchases of our
products by customers in the communications industry. Our future
success depends upon the continued demand from wireless
operators for communications equipment. The communications
industry is cyclical and reactive to general economic
conditions. In the recent past, worldwide economic downturns,
pricing pressures, mergers and deregulation have led to
consolidations and reorganizations. These downturns, pricing
pressures and restructurings have caused delays and reductions
in capital and operating expenditures by many wireless
operators. These delays and reductions, in turn, have reduced
demand for communications products such as ours. A continuation
or recurrence of these industry patterns, as well as general
domestic and foreign economic conditions and other factors that
reduce spending by companies in the communications industry,
could harm our operating results in the future.
Our
ability to compete and the success of our business could be
jeopardized if we are unable to protect our intellectual
property adequately.
Our success depends to a degree upon the protection of our
software, hardware designs and other proprietary technology. We
rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade
secret laws, and confidentiality provisions in agreements with
employees, contract manufacturers, consultants, customers and
other third parties to protect our intellectual property rights.
Other parties may not comply with the terms of their agreements
with us, and we may not be able to enforce our rights adequately
against these parties. In addition, unauthorized parties may
attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or
technology. Monitoring unauthorized use of our products is
difficult, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken
will prevent unauthorized use of our technology, particularly in
foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary
rights as fully as in the United States. If competitors are able
to use our technology, our ability to compete effectively could
be harmed. For example, if a competitor were to gain use of
certain of our proprietary technology, it might be able to
develop and manufacture similarly designed and equipped mobile
broadband solutions at a reduced cost, which would result in a
decrease in demand for our products. Furthermore, we have
adopted a strategy of seeking limited patent protection both in
the United States and in foreign countries with respect to the
technologies used in or relating to our products. We do not know
whether any of our pending patent applications will result in
the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will
require us to narrow our claims, and even if patents are issued,
they may be contested, circumvented or invalidated over the
course of our business. Moreover, the rights granted under any
issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or
competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors
may be able to develop and obtain patents for technologies that
are similar to or superior to our technologies. If that happens,
we may need to license these technologies and we may not be able
to obtain licenses on reasonable terms, if at all, thereby
causing great harm to our business. In addition, if we resort to
legal proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights,
the proceedings could become burdensome and expensive, even if
we were to prevail.
We may
engage in future acquisitions that could disrupt our business,
cause dilution to our stockholders and harm our financial
condition and operating results.
We intend to pursue acquisitions of companies or assets in order
to enhance our market position or expand our product portfolio.
We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates and
we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms,
if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we cannot be sure
that they will ultimately strengthen our competitive position or
that they will not be viewed negatively by customers, securities
analysts or investors. In addition, any acquisitions that we
make could lead to difficulties in integrating personnel and
operations from the acquired businesses and in retaining and
motivating key personnel from those businesses. Acquisitions may
disrupt our ongoing operations, divert management from
day-to-day
responsibilities, increase our expenses and harm our operating
results or financial condition. Future acquisitions may reduce
our cash available for operations and other uses and could
result in an increase in amortization expense related to
identifiable assets
acquired, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or
the incurrence of debt, which could harm our business, financial
condition and operating results.
Future
interpretations of existing accounting standards could adversely
affect our operating results.
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States
are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board, or FASB, the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants, or AICPA, the Securities and Exchange
Commission and various other bodies formed to promulgate and
interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these
principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on
our reported financial results, and they could affect the
reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a
change.
For example, we recognize substantially all of our revenue in
accordance with AICPA Statement of Position, or
SOP 97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition. The AICPA and its Software
Revenue Recognition Task Force continue to issue interpretations
and guidance for applying the relevant accounting standards to a
wide range of sales contract terms and business arrangements
that are prevalent in software licensing arrangements and
arrangements for the sale of hardware products that contain more
than an insignificant amount of software. We collaborate with
our OEM customers to develop and negotiate pricing for specific
features for future product releases and specified software
upgrades. Because we do not sell the same products and upgrades
to more than one customer, we are unable to establish fair value
for these products and upgrades. As a result, under
SOP 97-2,
we are required to defer most of our revenue from sales to our
OEM customers until we ship specified upgrades that were
committed to the OEM customer at the time of sale. Future
interpretations of existing accounting standards, including
SOP 97-2,
or changes in our business practices could result in future
changes in our revenue recognition accounting policies that have
a material adverse effect on our results of operations. As a
result, we may be required to change the timing of revenue
recognition in future periods, which could adversely affect our
operating results in current or future periods.
The
loss of key personnel or an inability to attract and retain
additional personnel may impair our ability to grow our
business.
We are highly dependent upon the continued service and
performance of our senior management team and key technical and
sales personnel, including our President and Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Technical Officer and Vice President of Marketing
and Business Development. None of these officers is a party to
an employment agreement with us, and any of them therefore may
terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice.
The replacement of these officers likely would involve
significant time and costs, and the loss of these officers may
significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business
objectives.
We face intense competition for qualified individuals from
numerous technology, software and manufacturing companies. For
example, our competitors may be able attract and retain a more
qualified engineering team by offering more competitive
compensation packages. If we are unable to attract new engineers
and retain our current engineers, we may not be able to develop
and service our products at the same levels as our competitors
and we may, therefore, lose potential customers and sales
penetration in certain markets. Our failure to attract and
retain suitably qualified individuals could have an adverse
effect on our ability to implement our business plan and, as a
result, our ability to compete effectively in the mobile
broadband solutions market would decrease, our operating results
would suffer and our revenues would decrease.
We
will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating
as a public company, and our management will be required to
devote substantial time to public company compliance
initiatives. If we are unable to absorb these increased costs or
maintain management focus on development and sales of our
product offerings and services, we may not be able to achieve
our business plan.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting
and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules
subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the NASDAQ Stock Market, have imposed a variety
of new requirements on public companies, including requiring
changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and
other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time
to these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and
regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance
costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and
costly. For example, we expect these new rules and regulations
will make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain
director and officer liability insurance, and we will be
required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or
similar coverage.
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other
things, that we maintain effective internal controls for
financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In
particular, commencing with respect to our fiscal year ending
December 28, 2008, we must perform system and process
evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial
reporting to allow management and our independent registered
public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our
internal controls over financial reporting, as required by
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404.
Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent
registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in
our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed
to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404
will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and
expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have
an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional
accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company
experience and technical accounting knowledge. Moreover, if we
are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404
in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered
public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal
controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material
weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we
could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the
Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory
authorities, which would require additional financial and
management resources.
The increased costs associated with operating as a public
company may decrease our net income or increase our net loss,
and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our
business or increase the prices of our products or services.
Additionally, if these requirements divert our management’s
attention from other business concerns, they could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
If we
are unable to manage our growth and expand our operations
successfully, our business and operating results will be harmed
and our reputation may be damaged.
We anticipate that further expansion of our infrastructure and
headcount will be required to achieve planned expansion of our
product offerings and planned increases in our customer base.
Our growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a
significant strain on our administrative and operational
infrastructure. Our ability to manage our operations and growth
will require us to continue to refine our operational, financial
and management controls, human resource policies, and reporting
systems and procedures.
We may not be able to implement improvements to our management
information and control systems in an efficient or timely manner
and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls.
If we are unable to manage future expansion, our ability to
provide high quality products and services could be harmed,
which would damage our reputation and brand and substantially
harm our business and results of operations.
We may
need additional capital in the future, which may not be
available to us, and if it is available, may dilute your
ownership of our common stock.
We may need to raise additional funds through public or private
debt or equity financings in order to:
•
fund ongoing operations;
•
take advantage of opportunities, including more rapid expansion
of our business or the acquisition of complementary products,
technologies or businesses;
•
develop new products; or
•
respond to competitive pressures.
Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity may
dilute your percentage ownership of our common stock. Capital
raised through debt financing would require us to make periodic
interest payments and may impose potentially restrictive
covenants on the conduct of our business. Furthermore,
additional financings may not be
available on terms favorable to us, or at all. A failure to
obtain additional funding could prevent us from making
expenditures that may be required to grow or maintain our
operations.
Our
ability to sell our products depends in part on the quality of
our support and services offerings, and our failure to offer
high quality support and services would have a material adverse
effect on our sales and operating results.
Once our products are deployed within an operator’s
network, the operator and our OEM customer depend on our support
organization to resolve issues relating to our products. A high
level of support is critical for the successful marketing and
sale of our products. If we do not effectively assist operators
in deploying our products, succeed in helping operators quickly
resolve post-deployment issues, and provide effective ongoing
support it would adversely affect our ability to sell our
products. As a result, our failure to maintain high quality
support and services would have a material adverse effect on our
business and operating results.
Our
products are highly technical and may contain undetected
software or hardware errors, which could cause harm to our
reputation and adversely affect our business.
Our products are highly technical and complex and are critical
to the operation of many networks. Our products have contained
and are expected to continue to contain one or more undetected
errors, defects or security vulnerabilities. Some errors in our
products may only be discovered after a product has been
installed and used by a operator. For example, we have
encountered errors in our software products that have caused
operators using our products to experience a temporary loss of
certain network services. Any errors, defects or security
vulnerabilities discovered in our products after commercial
release could result in loss of revenue or delay in revenue
recognition, loss of customers and increased service and
warranty cost, any of which could adversely affect our business,
results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we
could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of
warranty, including claims related to changes to our products
made by our OEM customers. Our contracts for the sale of our
products contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and
liability limitations, which in certain cases may not be upheld.
Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may
divert management’s attention and adversely affect the
market’s perception of us and our products. In addition, if
our business liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or
future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all,
our financial condition could be harmed.
Our
international sales and operations subject us to additional
risks that can adversely affect our operating
results.
We have sales personnel in five countries worldwide and
approximately 100 engineers in Bangalore, India. We expect to
continue to add personnel in foreign countries. Our
international operations subject us to a variety of risks,
including:
•
the difficulty of managing and staffing foreign offices and the
increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs
associated with multiple international locations;
•
difficulties in enforcing contracts, collecting accounts
receivable and longer payment cycles, especially in emerging
markets;
•
the need to localize our products and licensing programs for
international customers;
•
tariffs and trade barriers and other regulatory or contractual
limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in
certain foreign markets;
•
increased exposure to foreign currency exchange rate
risk; and
•
reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some
countries.
As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will
depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and
effectively manage these and other risks associated with our
international operations. We may derive some of our future
revenue from customers in foreign countries that pay for our
products in the form of their local
currency. Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully
could harm our international operations and reduce our
international sales, adversely affecting our business, operating
results and financial condition.
Risks
Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common
Stock
An
active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and
you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the
initial public offering price.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock
listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for
shares of our common stock may never develop or be sustained
following this offering. If no trading market develops,
securities analysts may not initiate or maintain research
coverage of our company, which could further depress the market
for our common stock. As a result, investors may not be able to
sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering
price or at the time that they would like to sell.
If
equity research analysts do not publish research or reports
about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or
downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could
decline.
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the
research and reports that equity research analysts publish about
us and our business. We do not control these analysts. The price
of our stock could decline if one or more equity analysts
downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable
commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.
The
market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could
result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in
this offering.
The initial public offering price for our common stock will be
determined through negotiations with the underwriters. This
initial public offering price may vary from the market price of
our common stock after the offering. Some of the factors that
may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate
include:
•
fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly
financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
•
fluctuations in our revenue as a result of our revenue
recognition policy, even during periods of significant sales
activity;
•
changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations
by securities analysts;
•
failure of any of our products to achieve or maintain market
acceptance;
•
any adverse change in our relationship with Nortel Networks;
•
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
•
success of competitive products;
•
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of
securities or the incurrence of debt;
•
announcements by us or our competitors of significant products,
contracts, acquisitions or strategic alliances;
•
regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries
or both;
•
litigation involving our company, our general industry or both;
•
additions or departures of key personnel;
•
general perception of the future of CDMA technology;
•
investors’ general perception of us; and
•
changes in general economic, industry and market conditions.
In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock
market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the
trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons
unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of
operations. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our
stock price to fall and may expose us to class action lawsuits
that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a
distraction to management.
A
significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold
into the public market in the near future, which could cause the
market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if
our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in
the public market could occur at any time after the expiration
of the
lock-up
agreements described in the “Underwriters” section of
this prospectus. These sales, or the market perception that the
holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could
reduce the market price of our common stock. After this
offering, we will have 63,369,555 shares of common stock
outstanding based on the number of shares outstanding as of
April 30, 2007. This includes the 8,300,000 shares
that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the
public market immediately. The remaining 55,069,555 shares,
or 86.9% of our outstanding shares after this offering, are
currently restricted as a result of securities laws or
lock-up
agreements but will be able to be sold, subject to any
applicable volume limitations under federal securities laws, in
the near future as set forth below.
Number of Shares and
Date Available for
% of Total Outstanding
Sale Into Public Market
79,493 shares, or 0.13%
On the date of this prospectus
34,415 shares, or 0.05%
90 days after the date of
this prospectus
54,513,537 shares, or 86.0%
180 days after the date of
this prospectus, subject to extension in specified instances,
due to
lock-up
agreements between the holders of these shares and the
underwriters. However, Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated can waive the provisions of these
lock-up
agreements and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at
any time
441,845 shares, or 0.7%
Between 181 and 365 days
after the date of this prospectus, depending on the requirements
of the federal securities laws
In addition, as of April 30, 2007, there were
48,118 shares subject to outstanding warrants and
12,786,677 shares subject to outstanding options that will
become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent
permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, the
lock-up
agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended. Moreover, after this offering, holders of
an aggregate of approximately 45.6 million shares of our
common stock as of April 30, 2007, will have rights,
subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration
statements covering their shares or to include their shares in
registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other
stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common
stock that we may issue under our equity incentive plans,
including 12,792,533 shares reserved for future issuance
under our equity incentive plans. Once we register and issue
these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon
issuance, subject to the
lock-up
agreements.
You
will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of
this offering.
If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur
immediate and substantial dilution of $9.44 per share,
representing the difference between the assumed initial public
offering price of $9.00 per share and our pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect
to this offering, the payment of $11.0 million in cash and
the issuance of 441,845 shares of common stock in connection
with our acquisition of 3Way Networks Limited on April 30,2007 and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
our convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this
offering. Moreover, we issued options in the past to acquire
common stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial
public offering price. As of April 30, 2007, there were
48,118 shares subject to outstanding warrants with an
exercise price of $4.28 per share and
12,786,677 shares subject to outstanding
options with a weighted average exercise price of
$1.82 per share. To the extent that these warrants or
outstanding options are ultimately exercised, you will incur
further dilution.
Our
directors and management will exercise significant control over
our company.
After this offering, our directors and executive officers and
their affiliates will collectively control approximately 54.1%
of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these
stockholders, if they act together, will be able to influence
our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder
approval, including the election of directors and approval of
significant corporate transactions. This concentration of
ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change
in control of our company and might affect the market price of
our common stock.
We
have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this
offering and may not use them effectively.
We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net
proceeds we will receive from this offering. Our management will
have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds,
including for any of the purposes described in “Use of
Proceeds.” Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the
judgment of our management with respect to the use of the
proceeds, with only limited information concerning
management’s specific intentions. Our management may spend
a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways
that our stockholders may not desire or that may not yield a
favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these
funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we
may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that
does not produce income or that loses value.
Provisions
in our certificate of incorporation, our by-laws or Delaware law
might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our
company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the
trading price of our common stock.
Provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our by-laws or
Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger,
acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may
consider favorable, including transactions in which you might
otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock.
These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our
stockholders to replace or remove our management. These
provisions include:
•
limitations on the removal of directors;
•
a classified board of directors so that not all members of our
board are elected at one time;
•
advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and
nominations;
•
the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or to
call special meetings;
•
the ability of our board of directors to make, alter or repeal
our by-laws; and
•
the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of
and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder
approval, which could be used to institute a rights plan, or a
poison pill, that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a
potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that
have not been approved by our board of directors.
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation
from engaging in a business combination with an interested
stockholder, generally a person which together with its
affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15%
of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date
of the transaction in which the person became an interested
stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a
prescribed manner.
The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover
measures could limit the price that investors might be willing
to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could
also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing
the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common
stock in an acquisition.
We do
not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and,
consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your
investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our
common stock.
Although we recently paid a cash dividend on our capital stock,
we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our
common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to
invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth.
Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your
common stock for the foreseeable future.
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All
statements other than statements of historical facts contained
in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future
results of operations and financial position, business strategy
and plans and objectives of management for future operations,
are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known
and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors
that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements
to be materially different from any future results, performance
or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking
statements.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by
terms such as “may,”“will,”“should,”“expects,”“plans,”“anticipates,”“could,”“intends,”“target,”“projects,”“contemplates,”“believes,”“estimates,”“predicts,”“potential” or “continue” or the negative of
these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking
statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have
based these forward-looking statements largely on our current
expectations and projections about future events and financial
trends that we believe may affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations. These forward-looking
statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are
subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions
described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere
in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are
inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which
cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these
forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The
events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking
statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could
differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking
statements. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan
to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements
contained herein until after we distribute this prospectus,
whether as a result of any new information, future events or
otherwise.
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the common
stock that we are offering will be approximately
$66.5 million, assuming an initial public offering price of
$9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed
on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in
the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per
share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this
offering by approximately $7.7 million, assuming the number
of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds
from this offering will be approximately $76.9 million.
The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional
capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to
facilitate our future access to the public equity markets.
We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering for working
capital and general corporate purposes, primarily to fund
research and development activities related to our
EV-DO and
FMC products and to fund the further expansion of our sales and
marketing functions, primarily outside the United States.
Specifically, we plan to hire additional personnel and
anticipate incurring additional capital expenditures and
facilities costs associated with such increased headcount. In
addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this
offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses,
technologies or other assets. We have no current agreements,
commitments, plans, proposals or arrangements with respect to
any material acquisitions.
Pending use of the proceeds as described above, we intend to
invest the proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing,
investment-grade securities.
In April 2007, we paid a special cash dividend on shares of our
capital stock. The following executive officers and members of
our board of directors received an aggregate of
$16.6 million in respect of shares of capital stock they
owned as a result of the special cash dividend: Randall S.
Battat; Vedat M. Eyuboglu; David P. Gamache; Jeffrey D. Glidden;
Luis J. Pajares; Sanjeev Verma; Hassan Ahmed; Gururaj Deshpande;
and Steven Haley. Because we had a significant cash balance,
expected to generate additional cash flow from operations and
did not expect to require for the foreseeable future the cash
paid as the dividend, our board declared the special cash
dividend to provide stockholders, who have had limited
opportunity for liquidity, a return on their investment. We have
not declared or paid any other cash dividends on our capital
stock. Based on our current financial plans and expected cash
balances, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the
foreseeable future. We intend to use future cash flow from
operating activities, if any, in the operation and expansion of
our business. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be
at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into
account various factors, including our financial condition,
operating results, current and anticipated cash needs and plans
for expansion and restrictions imposed by lenders, if any.
The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and
investments and capitalization as of April 1, 2007, as
follows:
•
on an actual basis;
•
on a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the automatic
conversion of all shares of our redeemable convertible preferred
stock outstanding as of April 1, 2007, into
40,624,757 shares of common stock upon the closing of this
offering, (2) the automatic conversion to common stock of
the shares subject to warrants outstanding as of April 1,2007 upon the closing of this offering and (3) the payment
on April 5, 2007 of a cash dividend on our capital stock in
the aggregate amount of $72.7 million.
•
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the
items described in the preceding bullet and (2) the sale of
8,300,000 shares of common stock that we are offering at an
assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which
is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this
prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
You should read the following table together with our
consolidated financial statements and the related notes
appearing at the end of this prospectus and the
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” section and other
financial information contained in this prospectus.
Warrants to purchase redeemable
convertible preferred stock
$
85
$
—
$
—
Redeemable convertible preferred
stock, par value $0.01 per share; 45,442,933 shares
authorized, 44,151,749 shares issued and outstanding,
actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma
and pro forma as adjusted
131,945
—
—
Stockholders’ deficit:
Preferred stock, par value
$0.001 per share; no shares authorized, issued or
outstanding, actual and pro forma; 10,000,000 shares
authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as
adjusted
—
—
—
Common stock, par value
$0.001 per share; 90,000,000 shares authorized,
13,919,024 shares issued and outstanding, actual;
90,000,000 shares authorized, 54,543,781 shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma; 350,000,000 shares authorized,
62,843,781 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as
adjusted
14
55
63
Additional paid-in capital
—
131,989
198,452
Accumulated deficit
(215,228
)
(215,228
)
(215,228
)
Total stockholders’ deficit
(215,214
)
(83,184
)
(16,713
)
Total capitalization
$
(83,184
)
$
(83,184
)
$
(16,713
)
(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in
the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per
share would increase (decrease) the amount of pro forma as
adjusted cash, cash equivalents and investments, additional
paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total
capitalization by approximately $7.7 million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of
this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us.
The table above does not include:
•
12,641,556 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
stock options outstanding as of April 1, 2007, at a
weighted-average exercise price of $1.86 per share; and
•
1,768,612 shares of common stock reserved as of
April 1, 2007, for future issuance under our equity
incentive plans.
In addition, the pro forma and pro forma as adjusted data in the
table above does not reflect the payment of $11.0 million
in cash and the issuance of 441,845 shares of common stock
in connection with the acquisition of 3Way Networks Limited on
April 30, 2007 or include 48,118 shares of common
stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of
April 1, 2007, at an exercise price of $4.28 per share.
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of April 1, 2007
was $(94.2) million, or $(1.71) per share of common
stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents
the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total
liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock
outstanding as of April 1, 2007, after giving effect to
(1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
our redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of
this offering, (2) the automatic conversion to common stock
of the shares subject to outstanding warrants upon the closing
of this offering and (3) the payment of $11.0 million
in cash and the issuance of 441,845 shares of common stock
in connection with our acquisition of 3Way Networks Limited on
April 30, 2007.
After giving effect to the sale of 8,300,000 shares of
common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of
the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value as of April 1, 2007 would
have been approximately $(27.7) million, or approximately
$(0.44) per share. This amount represents an immediate
increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.27 per
share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in
pro forma net tangible book value of approximately
$9.44 per share to new investors purchasing shares of
common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of
the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus. We
determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value per share after this offering from the
amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common
stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:
Assumed initial public offering
price per share
$
9.00
Pro forma net tangible book value
per share as of April 1, 2007
$
(1.71
)
Increase per share attributable to
this offering
1.27
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible
book value per share
$
(0.44
)
Dilution per share to new investors
$
9.44
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of
the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would
increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book
value per share by $0.12, the dilution per share to new
investors by $0.12, in each case assuming the number of shares
offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,
remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro
forma as adjusted net tangible book value would be
$(0.27) per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible
book value per share to existing stockholders would be $1.44 and
the dilution per share to new investors would be $9.27 per
share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of
$9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed
on the cover page of this prospectus.
The following table summarizes, as of April 1, 2007, the
differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the
total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per
share that existing stockholders and new investors paid. The
calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering
price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the
range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, before
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average Price
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Per Share
Existing stockholders
54,543,781
86.8
%
$
93,710,527
55.6
%
$
1.72
New investors
8,300,000
13.2
74,700,000
44.4
$
9.00
Total
62,843,781
100
%
$
168,410,527
100
%
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of
the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would
increase (decrease) total consideration paid
by new investors by $8.3 million, total consideration paid
by all stockholders by $8.3 million and the average price
per share paid by all stockholders by $0.13, in each case
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and without
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The foregoing tables and calculations are based on the number of
shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 1, 2007
after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all
outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock upon the
closing of this offering and the automatic conversion to common
stock of the shares subject to outstanding warrants upon the
closing of this offering, and excludes:
•
12,641,556 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
stock options outstanding as of April 1, 2007, at a
weighted-average exercise price of $1.86 per share;
•
1,768,612 shares of common stock reserved as of
April 1, 2007 for future issuance under our equity
incentive plans; and
•
48,118 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
warrants outstanding as of April 1, 2007 at an exercise
price of $4.28 per share.
The following consolidated statement of operations data for
fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, and consolidated balance sheet
data as of January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2006 have
been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for
fiscal years 2002 and 2003 and the consolidated balance sheet
data as of December 29, 2002, December 28, 2003 and
January 2, 2005 have been derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this
prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for
the fiscal quarters ended April 2, 2006 and April 1,2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of April 1,2007 are derived from our unaudited interim financial statements
included in this prospectus. The historical results are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any
future period. The following consolidated financial data should
be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements, the related notes and “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our
fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to December 31.
We recognize revenue from the sale of products and services
under our OEM agreements only after we deliver specified
software upgrades that were committed at the time of sale. We
record as deferred revenue the product and service billings that
we are unable to recognize as revenue. This revenue is
recognized later upon delivery of these specified software
upgrades. As a result, we believe that our revenue, taken in
isolation, provides limited insight into the performance of our
business. Therefore, we also present in the following tables:
product and service billings, which reflects our sales activity
in a period; cost related to product and service billings, which
reflects the cost associated with our product and service
billings; deferred revenue at the end of the period, which
reflects the cumulative billings that we were unable to
recognize under our revenue recognition policy; deferred product
cost at the end of a period, which reflects the cost associated
with our deferred revenue; and cash flow from operating
activities. We evaluate our performance by assessing our product
and service billings and the cost related to product and service
billings, in addition to other financial metrics presented in
accordance with GAAP.
The unaudited pro forma basic net
income (loss) per common share was computed by dividing net
income (loss) by the pro forma weighted average number of shares
of common stock outstanding during the period. The pro forma
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding
consists of the weighted average number of shares of common
stock outstanding plus the weighted average number of shares of
redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding, on an
if-converted basis. The pro forma weighted average number of
shares of common stock used in the computation of diluted net
income per share also includes the dilutive impact of the
outstanding common stock equivalents. The calculation of pro
forma basic and diluted net income per share includes income
that is applicable to both common and preferred stockholders
(reported net income) while the calculation of basic and diluted
net income per share includes only income applicable to common
shareholders. The percentage increase in income used in the
numerator exceeds the percentage increase in the number of
shares used in the denominator in the pro forma computation and,
therefore, results in higher per share amounts in fiscal 2006.
(2)
Product and service billings
represents amounts invoiced for products and services delivered
and services to be delivered to our customers for which payment
is expected to be made in accordance with normal payment terms.
For software-only products sold to OEM customers, we invoice
only upon notification of sale by our OEM customers. We use
product and service billings to assess our business performance
and as a critical metric for our incentive compensation program.
We believe product and service billings is a consistent measure
of our sales activity from period to period. Product and service
billings is not a GAAP measure and does not purport to be an
alternative to revenue or any other performance measure derived
in accordance with GAAP. The following table reconciles revenue
to product and service billings:
Cost related to product and service
billings represents the cost directly attributable to products
and services delivered and invoiced to our customers in the
period. We record product cost related to product and service
billings as deferred product cost until such time as the related
deferred revenue is recognized upon the delivery of specified
software upgrades. When we recognize revenue, the related
deferred product cost is expensed as cost of revenue. We believe
that cost related to product and service billings is an
important measure of our operating performance. Cost related to
product and service billings is not a GAAP measure and does not
purport to be an alternative to cost of revenue or any other
performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. The
following table reconciles cost of revenue to cost related to
product and service billings:
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our
financial condition and results of operations in conjunction
with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”
section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial
statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus. In addition to historical information, this
discussion contains forward-looking statements based on our
current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and
assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of
various factors, including those set forth in the “Risk
Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
Airvana is a leading provider of network infrastructure products
used by wireless operators to provide mobile broadband services.
Our software and hardware products, which are based on Internet
Protocol technology, enable wireless networks to deliver
broadband-quality multimedia services to mobile phones, laptop
computers and other mobile devices. These services include
Internet access,
e-mail,
music downloads, video,
IP-TV,
gaming,
push-to-talk
and
voice-over-IP.
Our current products are based on a wireless communications
standard known as CDMA2000 1xEV-DO, or
EV-DO. In
2002, we began delivering commercial infrastructure products
based on the first generation EV-DO standard known as Revision
0, or Rev 0. The second generation EV-DO standard is known as
Revision A, or Rev A, and supports
push-to-talk,
voice-over-IP
and faster Internet services. During the third quarter of fiscal
2006, Nortel Networks began delivering our Rev 0 software
products in conjunction with OEM base station channel cards that
can be upgraded with software that we are developing to utilize
Rev A.
We are also developing new products to expand our business. In
2006, we commenced trials of our first fixed-mobile convergence,
or FMC, product. Our FMC products will enable operators to take
advantage of wireline broadband connections that already exist
in most offices and homes to deliver wireless services through a
combination of mobile and Wi-Fi networks. Our FMC products under
development include versions to support CDMA, UMTS and WiMAX
networks. Our FMC products are an important component of our
growth and diversification strategy. We do not expect any
revenue from FMC products until the second half of fiscal 2007.
We also utilize our mobile broadband technology and products in
specialized market segments that need their own mobile networks.
We were founded in March 2000 and sold our first product in the
second quarter of fiscal 2002. Our growth has been driven
primarily by sales through our OEM customers to wireless
operators already using our EV-DO products as they increase the
capacity and geographic coverage of their networks, and by an
increase in the number of wireless operators that decide to
deploy our EV-DO products on their networks. We have sold over
30,000 channel card licenses for use by over 30 operators
worldwide. In fiscal 2006, sales to Nortel Networks accounted
for 95% of our revenue and 94% of our product and service
billings.
On April 30, 2007, we acquired 3Way Networks Limited, a United
Kingdom-based provider of personal base stations and solutions
for the UMTS market, for an aggregate purchase price of
approximately $11.0 million in cash and 441,845 shares of
common stock. The acquisition furthers our strategy to address
the UMTS market and to deliver fixed-mobile convergence and
in-building mobile broadband solutions.
Our
OEM Business Model
We operate in the highly consolidated and competitive market for
mobile broadband equipment. To compete in this market, we have
developed OEM channels, unique products and a business approach
that targets the needs of large equipment vendors and their end
customers, wireless operators. Wireless operators invest
significantly in building out large-scale wireless networks,
which are very costly to replace. Equipment vendors compete
aggressively to win market share and they retain their market
position by upgrading their installed systems regularly, thereby
enabling their wireless operator customers to deliver new
services to their subscribers. These
vendors develop detailed product roadmaps and look to us to
design and deliver software upgrades that are consistent with
their roadmaps.
We collaborate with our OEM customers to develop specific
features for products that they sell to their wireless operator
customers. We expect to continue to develop for each OEM
customer products based on our core technology that are
configured specifically to meet the requirements of each
particular OEM and its customers. We also offer our OEM
customers the option to purchase and make available to their
wireless operator customers new products and specified upgrades
at prices that we set typically 12 to 24 months prior to
the new product or specified upgrade release. We expect that we
will release one or more specified upgrades per year and that
revenue from these specified upgrades will increase as a
percentage of our product revenue over time.
Our OEM customers are typically also potential competitors of
ours in the markets that they serve. We face the competitive
risk that our OEM customers might seek to develop internally
alternative solutions or to purchase alternative products from
our competitors. Our future success depends on our ability to
continue to develop products that offer advantages over
alternative solutions that our OEM customers might develop or
purchase from others.
Our typical sales arrangements involve multiple elements,
including: perpetual licenses for our software products and
specified software upgrades; the sale of hardware, maintenance
and support services; and the sale of professional services,
including training. Software is more than incidental to all of
our products and, as a result, we recognize revenue in
accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants’ Statement of Position, or SOP,
No. 97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition.
Impact of
Statement of Position
97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition
To recognize revenue from current product shipments, we must
establish vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of fair
value for all undelivered elements of our sales arrangements,
including our specified software upgrades. The best objective
evidence of fair value would be to sell these specified software
upgrades separately to multiple customers for the same price.
However, because of our OEM business model, the features and
functionality delivered in our software upgrades are defined in
collaboration with our OEMs based on each OEM’s particular
requirements. As a result, it is highly unlikely that we will
ever be able to sell the same standalone software upgrade to a
different OEM customer and thus establish VSOE of fair value for
such upgrade.
As a result, we defer all revenue from sales to OEMs until all
elements without VSOE of fair value, including specified
upgrades, have been delivered. This deferral is required because
there is no basis to allocate revenue between the delivered and
undelivered elements of the arrangement without VSOE of fair
value for the specified upgrade. The revenue deferral is
necessary even though (1) our specified software upgrades
are not essential to the standalone functionality of any product
currently deployed, (2) the purchase of our upgrades are
based on separate decisions by our OEM customers and generally
require separate payment at the time of delivery and
(3) there is no refund liability for payments received on
any previously shipped and installed product in the event we are
not able to deliver the specified upgrade.
We recognize deferred revenue from sales to an OEM customer only
when we deliver a specified upgrade that we have previously
committed. When we commit to an additional upgrade before we
have delivered a previously committed upgrade, we defer all
revenue from product sales after the date of such commitment
until we deliver the additional upgrade. Any revenue that we had
deferred prior to the additional commitment is recognized when
the previously committed upgrade is delivered.
The following diagram presents a hypothetical example of how
software product releases and commitments to specified upgrades
affect the relationship between billings, revenue and deferred
revenue under a business model similar to ours. The diagram is
not intended to reflect the actual timing of any of our software
releases or the actual level of our product and service
billings, revenue or deferred revenue in any period.
Software
release A is delivered and related product and service billings
are recognized as revenue because there are no outstanding
commitments for upgrades.
Software
upgrade B is committed in Period 1 and, therefore, product and
service billings for shipments of software release A after that
point cannot be recognized as revenue before software upgrade B
is delivered.
Before
software upgrade B is delivered, software upgrade C is committed
in Period 2 and, therefore, product and service billings for
shipments of software release A after that point cannot be
recognized before software upgrade C is delivered.
When
software upgrade B is delivered in Period 3, all deferred
revenue, which consists of deferred revenue from billings of
software release A, from the time of the commitment of software
upgrade B until the time of the commitment of software upgrade C
is recognized.
When
software upgrade C is delivered in Period 4, all remaining
deferred revenue from the time of the commitment of software
upgrade C, which consists of deferred revenue from billings of
software release A and software upgrade B, is recognized because
no commitments are outstanding.
In the same way as shown in this example, most of our revenue is
recorded in periods during which we deliver specified upgrades.
When we have such revenue recognition events, we recognize
revenue from sales invoiced during multiple prior periods. As a
result, we believe that our revenue, taken in isolation,
provides limited insight into the performance of our business.
We evaluate our performance by also assessing: product and
service billings, which reflects our sales activity in a period;
cost related to product and service billings, which reflects the
cost associated with our product and service billings; deferred
revenue at the end of the period, which reflects the cumulative
billings that we were unable to recognize under our revenue
recognition policy; deferred product cost at the end of a
period, which reflects the cost associated with our deferred
product revenue; and cash flow from operating activities. We
expect this pattern of commitments and delivery of future
specified upgrades and the resulting impact on the timing of
revenue recognition to continue with respect to our OEM
business. As we introduce new products, the variability of the
total revenue recognized in any fiscal period may moderate as
sales of these new products grow as a percentage of our overall
business.
Key
Elements of Financial Performance
Revenue
Our revenue consists of product revenue and service revenue from
sales through our OEM customers and directly to our end
customers.
Product Revenue. Our product revenue is
currently derived from the sale of our EV-DO mobile network
products that are used by wireless operators to provide mobile
broadband services. These products include three major
components: base stations or OEM base station channel cards;
radio network controllers; and network management systems. We
have sold OEM base station channel cards both as
hardware/software combinations and as software licenses when the
OEM customer chooses to have the hardware manufactured for it by
a third party. Radio network controllers and network management
systems are usually sold as software licenses as the OEM
customer buys the hardware from another vendor. Almost all of
our revenue and product and service billings to date have been
derived from sales of our EV-DO products through our OEM
agreement with Nortel Networks.
We first derived revenue and product and service billings in
fiscal 2002 from the sale of first generation EV-DO mobile
network products based on the Rev 0 version of the standard.
Prior to the third quarter of fiscal 2006, we sold Rev 0-based
base station channel cards, which were manufactured for us by a
third party, and licensed Rev 0 software for these OEM base
station channel cards, as well as for radio network controllers
and network management systems. In connection with the
transition to products based on the Rev A version of the
standard, Nortel Networks exercised its right to license our
hardware design in order to manufacture the OEM base station
channel cards that support Rev A instead of purchasing this
hardware from us. As a result, beginning in the third quarter of
fiscal 2006, our product sales to Nortel Networks are derived
solely from the license of software, specifically Rev 0 software
for OEM base station channel cards, radio network controllers
and network management systems that are each upgradeable to Rev
A software for a fee upon its availability in the first half of
2007.
Under our revenue recognition policy, as described above, we
recognize deferred revenue from sales to an OEM customer only
when we deliver a specified upgrade that we have previously
committed. When we commit to an additional upgrade before we
have delivered a previously committed upgrade, we defer all
revenue from product sales after the date of such commitment
until we deliver the additional upgrade.
Our product revenue in fiscal 2006 of $145.8 million
consisted primarily of software license fees and hardware
shipments to our primary OEM customer from fiscal 2002 through
the first quarter of fiscal 2005, which is when we made an
additional commitment for a specified future software upgrade.
We refer to that software upgrade as our April 2005 specified
upgrade. We delivered the April 2005 specified upgrade in
April 2007, and expect therefore to recognize in the second
quarter of fiscal 2007 the $156.9 million of revenue
deferred from the second quarter of fiscal 2005, which is when
we committed to the April 2005 specified upgrade, to the third
quarter of fiscal 2006, which is when we committed to a
subsequent specified upgrade. We refer to that subsequent
specified upgrade as our September 2006 specified upgrade.
The $156.9 million of deferred revenue that we expect to
recognize in the second quarter of fiscal 2007 represented 55%
of our total deferred revenue as of April 1, 2007, which
was $284.6 million. As of April 1, 2007, there were
two specified software upgrades, the April 2005 specified
upgrade and September 2006 specified upgrade, that we
expected to deliver during fiscal 2007.
Service Revenue. Our service revenue is
derived from support and maintenance services for our EV-DO
products and other professional services, including training.
Our support and maintenance services consist of the repair or
replacement of defective hardware,
around-the-clock
help desk support, technical support and the correction of bugs
in our software. Our annual support and maintenance fees are
based on a fixed dollar amount associated with, or a percentage
of the initial sales price for, the applicable hardware and
software products. Included in the price for the product, we
provide maintenance and support during our product warranty
period, which is two years for our base station channel cards
and one year for our software products. We allocate a portion of
the initial product revenue to the maintenance and support
services provided during the warranty period based on the fees
we charge for annual support and maintenance and the length of
the warranty period. This revenue is also deferred with the
associated product revenue until such time as all outstanding
specified future software upgrades at the time of shipment or
sale are delivered, at which time a pro rata portion of the
revenue is recognized over the remainder the applicable warranty
period. Our support and maintenance arrangements for our EV-DO
products are typically renewable for one-year periods. We
invoice our support and maintenance fees in advance of the
applicable maintenance period, and we recognize revenue from
maintenance and support services ratably over the remaining term
of the applicable maintenance and support period.
We also offer professional services such as deployment
optimization, network engineering and radio frequency deployment
planning, and provide training for network planners and
engineers. We generally recognize revenue for these services as
the services are performed.
We anticipate that service revenue will decrease during fiscal
2007 due in part to the completion of a professional services
contract in fiscal 2006 for a direct customer, for which we
recognized $8.0 million in service revenue in fiscal 2006.
Product
and Service Billings
Product and service billings, which is a non-GAAP measure,
represents the amount invoiced for products and services that
are delivered and services that are to be delivered to our end
customers directly or through our OEM channels for which we
expect payment will be made in accordance with normal payment
terms. Software-only product sales under our OEM agreements are
invoiced monthly upon notification of sale by the OEM customer.
We present the product and service billings metric because we
believe it provides a consistent basis for understanding our
sales activity and our OEM channel sales from period to period.
We use product and service billings as a measure to assess our
business performance and as a key factor in our incentive
compensation program.
Wireless operators generally purchase communications equipment
in stages — driven first by coverage and later by
capacity. The initial stage involves deploying new services in
selected parts of their networks, often those geographic regions
with the highest concentration of customers. These wireless
operators then typically expand coverage throughout their
network. Later purchases are driven by a desire to expand
capacity, as the usage of new services grows. Initial purchases
usually occur around the time that we and our OEM customers
offer products that substantially improve the performance of the
network. Subsequent purchases to expand the geographic coverage
and capacity of an operator’s wireless network are
difficult to predict because they are typically related to
consumer demand for mobile broadband services. As a result, our
product and service billings have fluctuated significantly from
period to period, and are expected to continue to fluctuate
significantly from period to period for the foreseeable future.
From our first product shipments in fiscal 2002 through fiscal
2005, we had $290.6 million in product and service
billings, of which $17.5 million was recognized as revenue
and $273.1 million was deferred pending the satisfaction of
revenue recognition criteria. In fiscal 2006, we recognized
$170.3 million in revenue primarily as result of the
delivery of a specified software upgrade in the second fiscal
quarter, and to a lesser extent, the completion of a
professional services contract for a direct customer. An
additional $140.6 million in product and service billings
was invoiced during fiscal 2006, resulting in a deferred revenue
balance of $243.4 million at the end of fiscal 2006. In the
first quarter of fiscal 2007, we had product and service
billings of $41.5 million and, at April 1, 2007, a
deferred revenue balance of $284.6 million. Product and
service billings to Nortel Networks were 94% of billings in
fiscal 2006, 100% of billings in the first quarter of fiscal
2007 and 94% of cumulative billings through the first quarter of
fiscal 2007.
Product and service billings for invoiced shipments and software
license fees, and related maintenance services for which revenue
is not recognized in the current period are recorded as deferred
revenue. Deferred revenue increases each fiscal period by the
amount of product and service billings that are deferred in the
period and decreases by the amount of revenue recognized in the
period. We classify deferred revenue that we expect to recognize
during the next twelve months as current deferred revenue on our
balance sheet and the remainder as long-term deferred revenue.
$284.5 million of deferred revenue is included in current
liabilities and $0.1 million of deferred revenue is
included in long-term liabilities at April 1, 2007.
Cost of
Revenue
Cost of product revenue consists primarily of:
•
cost for channel card hardware provided by contract
manufacturers;
•
cost of hardware for our radio network controllers and network
management systems;
•
license fees for third-party software and other intellectual
property used in our products; and
•
other related overhead costs.
Cost of service revenue consists primarily of salaries, benefits
and stock-based compensation for employees that provide support
services to customers and manage the supply chain. We expense
all service-related costs as they are incurred.
Cost
Related to Product and Service Billings
Cost related to product and service billings, which is a
non-GAAP measure, includes the cost of products delivered and
invoiced to our customers, the cost directly attributable to the
sale of software-only products by our OEM partners and the cost
of services in the current period. Cost related to product
billings is recorded as deferred product cost until such time as
the related deferred revenue is recognized as revenue upon the
delivery of specified software upgrades. At the time of revenue
recognition, the related deferred product cost is expensed in
the income statement as cost of revenue.
Deferred
Product Cost
Cost related to product billings for invoiced shipments and
software-only license fees for which revenue is not recognized
in the current period is recorded as deferred product cost.
Deferred product cost increases each fiscal period by the amount
of product cost associated with product billings that are
deferred in the period and decreases by the amount of product
cost associated with revenue recognized in the period. We
classify deferred product cost that we expect to recognize
during the next twelve months as current deferred product cost
on our balance sheet and the remainder as long term deferred
product cost. All $34.4 million of deferred product cost at
April 1, 2007 is included in current assets.
Our gross margin varies from
period-to-period
according to the mix of revenue from hardware products, software
products and services revenue. Our gross margin in fiscal 2006
of 73.4% represents an accumulation of revenue less related
product cost associated with OEM product shipments and software
license fees from 2002 through the first quarter of fiscal 2005.
We expect our gross margin in fiscal 2007 to be greater than it
was in fiscal 2006 due to the discontinuation of sales of
hardware products through our OEM relationship with Nortel
Networks beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2006.
Operating
Expenses
Research and Development. Research and
development expense consists primarily of:
•
salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation related to our
engineers;
•
cost of prototypes and test equipment relating to the
development of new products and the enhancement of existing
products;
•
payments to suppliers for design and consulting
services; and
•
other related overhead costs.
We have expensed all of our research and development cost as it
has been incurred. Our research and development is performed by
our engineering personnel in the United States and in Bangalore,
India. We intend to continue to invest significantly in our
research and development efforts, which we believe are essential
to maintaining our competitive position and the development of
new products for new markets. Accordingly, we expect research
and development expense to increase in amount and as a
percentage of product and service billings in fiscal 2007.
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing
expense consists primarily of:
•
salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation related to our
sales, marketing and customer support personnel;
•
commissions payable to our sales personnel;
•
travel, lodging and other
out-of-pocket
expenses;
•
marketing program expenses; and
•
other related overhead costs.
We expense sales commissions at the time they are earned, which
typically is when the associated product and service billings
are recorded or when a customer agreement is executed. We expect
sales and marketing expense to increase in amount and as a
percentage of product and service billings for the foreseeable
future as we further increase the number of our sales
professionals and increase our marketing activities.
General and Administrative. General and
administrative expense consists primarily of:
•
salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation related to our
executive, finance, legal, human resource and administrative
personnel;
•
professional services costs; and
•
other related overhead costs.
We expect general and administrative expense to increase in
amount and as a percentage of product and service billings for
the foreseeable future as we invest in infrastructure to support
continued growth and incur additional expenses related to being
a publicly-traded company, including additional audit and legal
fees, costs of compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
disclosure obligations and other regulations, investor relations
expense and insurance premiums.
We adopted the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards, or SFAS, No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based
Payment, or SFAS No. 123(R), in the first quarter
of fiscal 2006. SFAS No. 123(R) addresses all forms of
shared-based payment awards, including shares issued under
employee stock purchase plans, stock options, restricted stock
and stock appreciation rights. SFAS No. 123(R)
requires us to expense share-based payment awards with
compensation cost for share-based payment transactions measured
at fair value. We currently expect that our adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R) will continue to adversely affect our
operating results to some extent in future periods.
Based on current stock option grants, we expect to recognize a
future expense for non-vested options of $9.8 million over
a weighted-average period of 4.4 years as of April 1,2007. We expect stock-based compensation expense will increase
for the foreseeable future as we expect to continue to grant
stock-based incentives to our employees.
Interest
Income, Net
Interest income, net, relates to interest earned on our cash,
cash equivalents and investments. In fiscal 2004, interest
income was offset by interest expense related to two equipment
lines of credit which were retired in that year. In fiscal 2006,
interest income was offset by non-cash interest expense relating
to our preferred stock warrants.
Cash Flow
from Operating Activities
Customer collections and, consequently, cash flow from operating
activities are driven by sales transactions and related product
and service billings, rather than recognized revenues. We
believe cash flow from operating activities is a useful measure
of the performance of our business because, in contrast to
income statement profitability metrics that rely principally on
revenue, cash flow from operating activities captures the
contribution of changes in deferred revenue and deferred
charges. We present cash flow from operating activities because
it is a metric that management uses to track business
performance and, as such, is a key factor in our incentive
compensation program. In addition, management believes this
metric is frequently used by security analysts, investors and
other interested parties in the evaluation of software companies
with significant deferred revenue balances.
We expect cash flow from operating activities in fiscal 2007 to
be greater than cash flow from operating activities in fiscal
2006 primarily due to the receipt in early January 2007 of a
significant payment that was due in late December 2006 and,
to a lesser extent, lower tax payments in fiscal 2007 compared
to fiscal 2006.
Fiscal
Year
Our fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to December 31.
Accordingly, each of our fiscal quarters ends on the Sunday that
falls closest to the last day of the third calendar month of the
quarter.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. The preparation of our financial statements
and related disclosures requires us to make estimates,
assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amount of
assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related
disclosures. We believe that the estimates, assumptions and
judgments involved in the accounting policies described below
have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements
and, therefore, consider these to be our critical accounting
policies. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions
on an ongoing basis. See note 2 to our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for
information about these critical accounting policies, as well as
a description of our other significant accounting policies.
We derive revenue from: the licensing of software products and
software upgrades; the sale of hardware products, maintenance
and support services; and the sale of professional services,
including training. Our products incorporate software that is
more than incidental to the related hardware. Accordingly, we
recognize revenue in accordance with the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position, or
SOP,
No. 97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition.
Under multiple-element arrangements where several different
products or services are sold together, we allocate revenue to
each element based on VSOE of fair value. We use the residual
method when fair value does not exist for one or more of the
delivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement. Under the
residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements are
deferred and subsequently recognized when earned. For a
delivered item to be considered a separate element, the
undelivered items must not be essential to the functionality of
the delivered item and there must be VSOE of fair value for the
undelivered items in the arrangement. Fair value is generally
limited to the price charged when we sell the same or similar
element separately or, when applicable, the stated substantive
renewal rate. If evidence of the fair value of one or more
undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred and
recognized when delivery of those elements occurs or when fair
value can be established. For example, in situations where we
sell a product during a period when we have a commitment for the
delivery or sale of a future specified software upgrade, we
defer revenue recognition until the specified software upgrade
is delivered.
Significant judgments in applying the accounting rules and
regulations to our business practices principally relate to the
timing and amount of revenue recognition given our current
concentration of revenues with one customer and our inability to
establish VSOE of fair value for specified software upgrades.
We sell our products primarily through OEM arrangements with
telecommunications infrastructure vendors, such as Nortel
Networks. We have collaborated with our OEM customers on a best
effort basis to develop initial product features and subsequent
enhancements for the products that are sold by a particular OEM
to its wireless operator customers. For each OEM customer, we
expect to continue to develop products based on our core
technology that are configured for the requirements of the
OEM’s base stations and its operator customers. This
business practice is common in the telecommunications equipment
industry and is necessitated by the long planning cycles
associated with wireless network deployments coupled with rapid
changes in technology. Large and complex wireless networks
support tens of millions of subscribers and it is critical that
any changes or upgrades be planned well in advance to ensure
that there are no service disruptions. The evolution of our
infrastructure technology must therefore be planned, implemented
and integrated with the wireless operator’s plans for
deploying new applications and services and any equipment or
technology provided by other vendors.
Given the nature of our business, the majority of our sales are
generated through multiple-element arrangements comprised of a
combination of product, maintenance and support services and,
importantly, specified product upgrades. We have established a
business practice of negotiating with OEMs the pricing for
future purchases of new product releases and specified software
upgrades. We expect that we will release one or more optional
specified upgrades annually. To determine whether these optional
future purchases are elements of current purchase transactions,
we assess whether such new products or specified upgrades will
be offered to the OEM customer at a price that represents a
significant and incremental discount to current purchases.
Because we sell uniquely configured products through each OEM
customer, we do not maintain a list price for our products and
specified software upgrades. Additionally, as we do not sell
these products and upgrades to more than one customer, we are
unable to establish VSOE of fair value for these products and
upgrades. Consequently, we are unable to demonstrate whether the
license fees we charge for the optional specified upgrades
include a significant and incremental discount. As such, we
defer all revenue related to current product sales,
software-only license fees, maintenance and support services and
professional services until all specified upgrades committed at
the time of shipment have been delivered. For example, we
recognize deferred revenue from sales to an OEM customer only
when we deliver a specified upgrade that we have previously
committed. However, when we commit to an additional upgrade
before we have delivered a previously committed upgrade, we
defer all revenue from product sales after the date of such
commitment until we deliver the additional upgrade. Any revenue
that we had deferred prior to the additional commitment is
recognized when the previously committed upgrade is delivered.
If there are no commitments outstanding for specified upgrades,
we recognize revenue when all of the following have occurred:
(1) delivery (FOB origin), provided that there are no
uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; (2) there is
persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (3) our fee is fixed
or determinable; and (4) collection of the related
receivable is reasonably assured, as long as all other revenue
recognition criteria have been met. If there are uncertainties
regarding customer acceptance, we recognize revenue and related
cost of revenue when those uncertainties are resolved. Any
adjustments to software license fees are recognized when
reported to us by an OEM customer.
For our direct sales to end user customers, which have not been
material to date, we have recognized product revenue upon
delivery provided that all other revenue recognition criteria
have been met.
We have established objective evidence of fair value for
maintenance and support services by selling these elements
separately from our products at consistent prices. We typically
bundle maintenance and support services for one or two years,
representing the warranty period, in the fee for initial product
sales. We defer the fair value associated with maintenance and
support services at the time of renewal and recognize revenue
for such services ratably over the service period. We provide a
limited warranty that our software will perform in a manner
consistent with our product specifications under normal use and
circumstances. In the event of a breach of this limited
warranty, we must repair or replace the product or, if those
remedies are insufficient, provide a refund.
We provide professional services for deployment optimization,
network engineering and radio frequency deployment planning, and
provide training for network planners and engineers. We
generally recognize revenue for these services as the services
are performed as we have deemed such services not essential to
the functionality of our products.
Stock-Based
Compensation
For stock-based awards prior to January 1, 2006, we
accounted for our stock-based awards to employees using the
intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles
Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees. Accordingly, we recorded compensation
expense for options issued to employees only to the extent that
such exercise prices were less than the fair market value at the
date of grant. We followed the disclosure only provisions as
required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, or SFAS No. 123. All stock based
awards to non-employees were accounted for at their fair value
in accordance with SFAS No. 123 and related
interpretations.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, or
SFAS No. 123(R), which is a revision of
SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123(R) requires all
share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee
stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on
their estimated fair values. In accordance with
SFAS No. 123(R), we will recognize the compensation
cost of share-based awards on a straight-line basis over the
vesting period of the award, which is generally five years, and
have elected to use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to
determine fair value. SFAS No. 123(R) eliminated the
alternative of applying the intrinsic value method of APB
Opinion No. 25 to stock compensation awards. We adopted the
provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) on the first day of
fiscal 2006 using the prospective transition method. As such, we
will continue to apply APB No. 25 in future periods to
equity awards granted prior to the adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R).
As there was no public market for our common stock prior to this
offering, we determined the volatility percentage used to
calculate the fair value of stock options we have granted based
on an analysis of the historical stock price data for a peer
group of companies that issued options with substantially
similar terms. The expected volatility percentage used to
determine the fair value of stock options granted in fiscal 2006
was 89% and the first quarter of fiscal 2007 was 78%. The
expected life of options has been determined utilizing the
“simplified” method as prescribed by the Securities
and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment. The
expected life of options granted during fiscal 2006 was
6.5 years. For fiscal 2006, the weighted-average risk free
interest rate used was 4.79%. The risk-free interest rate is
based on a
7-year
treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected
life of the stock options. Although we paid a one-time special
cash dividend in April 2007, the expected dividend yield is
assumed to be zero as we do not anticipate paying cash dividends
on our shares of common stock in the future. In addition,
SFAS No. 123(R) requires companies to utilize an
estimated forfeiture rate when calculating the expense for the
period, whereas SFAS No. 123 permitted
companies to record forfeitures based on actual forfeitures,
which was our historical policy under SFAS No. 123. As
a result, we applied an estimated forfeiture rate of 3.0% for
fiscal 2006 in determining the expense recorded in our
consolidated statement of operations. This rate was derived by
review of our historical forfeitures since 2000.
We recorded expense of $0.8 million in fiscal 2006 and
$0.5 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2007 in
connection with share-based awards. As of April 1, 2007, we
expected to recognize future expense for non-vested stock
options of $9.8 million over a weighted-average period of
4.4 years.
Fair value as determined in a
retrospective valuation.
(b)
Fair value as determined in a
contemporaneous valuation.
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our
common stock, and, in connection with our grants of stock
options and issuance of restricted stock awards, our board of
directors, with input from management, determined the fair value
of our common stock. The board exercised judgment in determining
the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of
grant based on several objective and subjective factors,
including operating and financial performance and corporate
milestones, the liquidation preferences, dividend rights and
voting control attributable to our then-outstanding convertible
preferred stock and, primarily, the likelihood of achieving a
liquidity event such as an initial public offering or sale of
our company. As shown in the table above, the fair value of our
common stock fluctuated from December 2005 to August 2006 due to
several objective and subjective factors, including changes in
the market values of comparable publicly traded companies, the
acceptance of our technology in the market, the decline in sales
during the first half of 2006 for our Rev 0 products and
the willingness of wireless operators to deploy our planned
Rev A products in the second half of 2006. The value of our
common stock increased from August 2006 through March 2007
primarily due to the delivery and market acceptance of our
planned Rev A products in September 2006 and the increased
likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial
public offering.
In preparation for the initial public offering of our common
stock, we reviewed the fair value of our common stock since
December 2005 in accordance with the practice aid of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants titled
Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued
as Compensation, or the Practice Aid.
In November 2006, we prepared a contemporaneous analysis of the
fair value of our common stock. We determined the value for our
common stock $7.62 per share as of November 15, 2006.
We used the income and market approaches to value our company.
Under the income approach, we applied the discounted cash flow
method. Future values were converted to present value using a
discount rate of 20%, which was derived using the capital asset
pricing model. Under the market approach, we compared our
company to various publicly traded companies in similar lines of
business.
We then allocated the value of our company between our common
stock and preferred stock using the probability-weighted
expected return method. The most likely liquidity event was
assumed to be an initial public offering, which was assigned a
probability weight of 50% and an assumed liquidity date of
April 15, 2007. The analysis also considered a sale/merger
scenario as well as a scenario where the company remained
privately held.
In determining the fair value of our common stock, we applied a
35% discount for lack of marketability to the remaining
privately held scenario only to reflect the fact that there is
no established trading market for our stock. We determined the
discount for lack of marketability by looking at two sources of
empirical evidence: studies of private transactions prior to
public offerings and studies of restricted stocks. These studies
have calculated average discounts to be approximately 43% for
private transactions prior to public offerings and 32% for
restricted stocks. We then adjusted these discounts to reflect
factors specific to our common stock. When multiplied by the
probability factor assigned to remaining privately held, the
overall effective discount for lack of marketability is 16%.
We also performed retrospective analyses of the fair value of
our common stock on each of the grant dates of stock options and
restricted stock since December 2005.
Similar to the contemporaneous analysis performed previously, we
assigned probabilities to the various liquidity events. For the
period from December 2005 through August 2006, the most likely
liquidity event was assumed to be remaining a private company.
This event was assigned a weighting of 90% as we had not yet
expanded our OEM customer base, the development of our new
products was still in its infancy and we were undergoing a
transition to our next product version where sales of our
Rev 0 products were declining rapidly.
In September and October of 2006, we achieved several key
milestones, including the completion of an amendment to our
agreement with our largest customer to deliver the next software
release, the completion of an agreement with a new OEM customer,
and the initial deployments of the next version OEM base station
channel cards by the wireless operators. As such, we increased
the probability scenario for an initial public offering to 30%
from 10%. The indicated valuation of our common stock was
determined to be $6.10 per share as of October 17, 2006.
As a result of these retrospective valuations, we recorded
additional stock-based compensation expense of approximately
$0.2 million for fiscal 2006, to reflect amounts equal to
the differences between the values calculated using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the initial assessments
of fair value of common stock and the values calculated using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the reassessed fair
values of our common stock for each of the stock-based awards
granted between January 23, 2006 and October 17, 2006.
In February 2007, we performed an additional contemporaneous
analysis of the fair value of our common stock. We used the same
assumptions as those used in the November 15, 2006
appraisal, except the initial public offering scenario assumed a
liquidity date of July 15, 2007 and the selected multiples
under the market approach were reduced to reflect the complexity
of our revenue accounting and related financial results. We
determined that the indicated value of our common stock was
$7.04 per share as of February 23, 2007.
In March 2007, we performed an additional contemporaneous
analysis of the fair value of our common stock. We used the same
assumptions as those used in the February 23, 2007
appraisal, except the most likely liquidity event of an initial
public offering was assigned a probability weight of 55%, up
from 50% in the previous valuation analysis. The increase in the
probability was due to additional progress made towards the
filing of a registration statement. We determined that the
indicated value of our common stock was $7.07 per share as of
March 22, 2007.
In April 2007, we performed an additional contemporaneous
analysis of the fair value of our common stock. We updated our
assumptions from the March 2007 appraisal to reflect our then
current financial outlook. We determined that the indicated
value of our common stock was $6.03 as of April 30, 2007, a
decrease of $1.04 from our March 22, 2007 appraisal of $7.07 per
share. This decrease was due primarily to the payment of an
aggregate of $72.7 million for the special dividend of $1.333
per share that we paid on April 5, 2007 and was partially
offset by the increase in probability weighting for the most
likely liquidity event of an initial public offering from 55% to
70%, as we had filed our initial registration statement with the
SEC.
In May 2007, we performed an additional contemporaneous
analysis of the fair value of our common stock. We used the same
assumptions as those used in the April 2007 appraisal,
except the most likely liquidity event of an
initial public offering was assigned a probability weight of
75%, up from 70% in the previous valuation analysis. The
increase in probability was due to progress made towards the
filing of an amended registration statement. We determined that
the indicated value of our common stock was $6.72 per share as
of May 17, 2007.
In June 2007, we performed an additional contemporaneous
analysis of the fair value of our common stock. We used the same
assumptions as those used in the May 2007 appraisal, except the
most likely liquidity event of an initial public offering was
assigned a probability weight of 85%, up from 75% in the
previous valuation analysis. The increase in probability was due
to additional progress made towards the filing of an amended
registration statement. We determined that the indicated value
of our common stock was $7.44 per share as of June 19, 2007.
Income
Taxes
We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and
foreign jurisdictions, and we use estimates in determining our
provision for income taxes. We account for income taxes under
the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred
income tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax
consequences of events that have been recognized in our
financial statements or tax returns. Under
SFAS No. 109, we determine the deferred tax assets and
liabilities based upon the difference between the financial
statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the
differences are expected to reverse. We must then periodically
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
recovered from our future taxable income, and, to the extent we
believe that it is more likely than not our deferred tax assets
will not be recovered, we must establish a valuation allowance
against our deferred tax assets.
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, or
FIN No. 48, which is an interpretation of
SFAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 creates a single
model to address uncertainty in tax positions and clarifies the
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an
enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with
SFAS 109 by prescribing the minimum threshold a tax
position is required to meet before being recognized in an
enterprise’s financial statements. FIN No. 48 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,2006 but earlier application is encouraged. Differences between
the amounts recognized in the statement of financial position
prior to adoption of FIN No. 48 and the amounts
reported after adoption should be accounted for as a
cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to the beginning balance
of retained earnings. We adopted the provisions of FIN
No. 48 effective January 1, 2007. We did not recognize
any liability for unrecognized tax benefits as a result of
adopting FIN No. 48 as of January 1, 2007 and for
the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2007. We did not
recognize any interest and penalties in the years ended
January 2, 2005, January 1, 2006 and December 31,2006 and the first quarter of fiscal 2007.
(Loss) income before tax expense
(benefit) and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
(29,124
)
(52,139
)
63,707
(14,601
)
(18,785
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
5
10,875
(10,742
)
(2,462
)
—
(Loss) income before cumulative
effect of change in accounting principle
(29,129
)
(63,014
)
74,449
(12,139
)
(18,785
)
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle
—
—
(330
)
(330
)
—
Net (loss) income
$
(29,129
)
$
(63,014
)
$
74,119
$
(12,469
)
$
(18,785
)
Other GAAP and
Non-GAAP Financial
Data(1):
Product and service billings
$
106,149
$
157,420
$
140,564
$
18,823
$
41,475
Cost related to product and
service billings
28,700
45,303
12,543
5,861
1,842
Deferred revenue, end of period
118,051
273,124
243,418
291,785
284,624
Deferred product cost, end of
period
28,196
66,966
34,214
71,252
34,373
Cash flow from operating activities
43,028
67,390
25,138
(5,597
)
61,212
(1)
For a reconciliation of non-GAAP
financial data to GAAP data, please see the tables on the
following pages of “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Total revenue increased by $0.1 million to
$0.3 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2007 from
$0.2 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2006. The
revenue in each period consisted of service revenue from
maintenance and support of products sold in prior periods.
Product shipments and software-only license fees were deferred
as a result of outstanding commitments for specified software
upgrades during each period.
The increase in product and service billings in the first
quarter of fiscal 2007 was due primarily to software sales
related to the rollout of OEM channel cards that support
Rev A. Our billings in the first quarter of fiscal 2006
were affected by a decline in purchases of Rev 0 channel
cards by Nortel Networks as Nortel Networks began to transition
to Rev A capable OEM channel cards that Nortel Networks
began shipping in the second half of fiscal 2006 under license
from us. We anticipate that our product and service billings for
the second quarter and third quarter of fiscal 2007 will be less
than our product and service billings for the first quarter of
fiscal 2007. We expect that several large operators will
complete their initial deployments of Rev A software in the
first half of fiscal 2007 and then moderate their deployments
over the remainder of the year until subscriber use creates a
need for additional capacity. Accordingly, our product and
service billings for fiscal 2007 may be lower than those in
fiscal 2006.
Cost of
Revenue and Cost Related to Product and Service
Billings
Less: Deferred product cost, at
beginning of period
(66,966
)
(34,214
)
Cost related to product and
service billings
$
5,861
$
1,842
$
(4,019
)
Cost of revenue increased by $0.1 million to
$1.7 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2007 from
$1.6 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2006. Cost of
product revenue decreased by $0.2 million to $0 in the
first quarter of fiscal 2007 from $0.2 million in the first
quarter of fiscal 2006. Cost of service revenue increased by
$0.3 million to $1.7 million in the first quarter of
fiscal 2007 from $1.4 million in the first quarter of
fiscal 2006.
The decrease in cost of product revenue was due primarily to the
transition of manufacturing for Rev A channel cards to Nortel
Networks in fiscal 2006. The increase in cost of service revenue
was due primarily to an increase in customer service headcount
to support a larger installed base of product.
The decrease in cost related to product and service billings was
due primarily to the transition in fiscal 2006 to software-only
sales for Rev A capable OEM channel cards manufactured by Nortel
Networks from sales of Rev 0 channel cards, which included
both hardware and software.
Gross
Profit (Loss)
Gross loss totaled $1.4 million in the first quarter of
both fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 due primarily to the cost of
providing maintenance and support for the installed base and the
deferral of substantially all product and service billings in
each period.
Research and Development. The increase in
research and development expense was due primarily to an
increase in the number of research and development employees in
our Chelmsford, Massachusetts and Bangalore, India facilities.
Salary and benefit expense associated with the increase in
headcount increased by $2.6 million to $11.7 million in the
first quarter of fiscal 2007 from $9.1 million in the first
quarter of fiscal 2006.
Sales and Marketing. The increase in sales and
marketing expense was primarily due to an increase in salary and
benefit expense associated with an increase in the number of
sales, marketing and customer service employees and to a lesser
extent an increase in travel expense associated with our sales
and marketing activities. Salary and benefit expense associated
with the increase in headcount increased by $1.2 million to
$2.5 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2007 from $1.3
million in the first quarter of fiscal 2006.
General and Administrative. The increase in
general and administrative expense was due to an increase in
professional service fees associated with legal, audit and tax
consulting services. Legal, audit and tax consulting fees
increased by $0.4 million to $0.5 million in the first
quarter of fiscal 2007 from $0.1 million in the first quarter of
fiscal 2006.
Interest Income, Net. Interest income, net,
consists of interest generated from the investment of our cash
balances. The increase in interest income in the first quarter
of fiscal 2007 was due primarily to greater average cash
balances and higher interest rates than in the first quarter of
fiscal 2006.
Comparison
of Fiscal 2005 and Fiscal 2006
Revenue
and Product and Service Billings
Fiscal Year
Period-to-Period
2005
2006
Change
(in thousands)
Revenue
$
2,347
$
170,270
$
167,923
Deferred revenue, at end of period
273,124
243,418
Less: Deferred revenue, at
beginning of period
(118,051
)
(273,124
)
Product and service billings
$
157,420
$
140,564
$
(16,856
)
Total revenue increased by $167.9 million to
$170.3 million in fiscal 2006 from $2.3 million in
fiscal 2005. Product revenue increased by $144.5 million to
$145.8 million in fiscal 2006 from $1.4 million in
fiscal 2005. Service revenue increased by $23.4 million to
$24.4 million in fiscal 2006 from $1.0 million in
fiscal 2005.
From fiscal 2002 through the first quarter of fiscal 2006, we
deferred all of our product revenue from Nortel Networks because
we had committed to a specified software upgrade, which we
delivered in the second quarter of fiscal 2006. Upon delivery of
the specified upgrade in fiscal 2006, we recognized revenue from
product shipments and software licenses sold to Nortel Networks
from fiscal 2002 through the first quarter of fiscal 2005, when
we committed to a subsequent software upgrade. Product shipments
and software licenses sold to Nortel Networks from the second
quarter of fiscal 2005 through fiscal 2006 have been deferred
and will be recognized as revenue when all committed software
upgrades at the time of sale are delivered. Sales to Nortel
Networks accounted for 95% of our revenue in fiscal 2006.
The decrease in product and service billings in fiscal 2006 was
primarily due to the transition from Rev 0 product shipments,
which included both OEM base station channel card hardware and
software, to a Rev A software-only model under which Nortel
Networks manufactures the Rev A OEM base station channel cards
under license from us. Our product and service billings in
fiscal 2006 reflected an increase in sales of software for OEM
base station channel cards that support Rev A as operators
ramped up their deployments of EV-DO infrastructure.
Cost of
Revenue and Cost Related to Product and Service
Billings
Fiscal Year
Period-to-Period
2005
2006
Change
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue
$
6,533
$
45,295
$
38,762
Deferred product cost, at end of
period
66,966
34,214
Less: Deferred product cost, at
beginning of period
(28,196
)
(66,966
)
Cost related to product and
service billings
$
45,303
$
12,543
$
(32,760
)
Cost of revenue increased by $38.8 million to
$45.3 million in fiscal 2006 from $6.5 million in
fiscal 2005. Cost of product revenue increased by
$37.4 million to $39.2 million in fiscal 2006 from
$1.8 million in fiscal 2005. Cost of service revenue
increased by $1.3 million to $6.1 million in fiscal
2006 from $4.7 million in fiscal 2005.
The increase in cost of product revenue was due primarily to the
delivery of a software upgrade to Nortel Networks in the second
quarter of fiscal 2006. As a result of this software release, we
expensed deferred charges on all products that were delivered to
Nortel Networks between fiscal 2002 and the next software
commitment that we made in the second quarter of fiscal 2005.
The increase in cost of service revenue was due primarily to an
increase in customer service headcount to support a larger
installed base of product.
The decrease in cost related to product and service billings was
primarily due to a decrease in the number of Rev 0 channel cards
shipped. Because Nortel Networks assumed manufacturing for the
channel card hardware under license from us, costs associated
with Rev A upgradeable channel cards shipped in fiscal 2006 were
borne by Nortel Networks.
Gross
Profit (Loss)
Gross profit increased by $129.2 million to a gross profit
of $125.0 million in fiscal 2006 from a gross loss of
$4.2 million in fiscal 2005. Gross profit from product
revenue increased by $107.0 million to a gross profit of
$106.6 million in fiscal 2006 from a gross loss of
$0.4 million in fiscal 2005 and gross profit from service
revenue increased by $22.1 million to a gross profit of
$18.4 million in fiscal 2006 from a gross loss of
$3.8 million in fiscal 2005.
The increase in gross profit was due primarily to the
recognition of revenue at the time of the release of a software
upgrade to Nortel Networks in the second quarter of fiscal 2006
for product shipments which occurred between April 2002 and
March 2005. We expect gross profit on our revenue to continue to
fluctuate significantly in the future based on the time period
between commitments for future software upgrades and the volume
of sales in those time intervals.
Research and Development. The increase in
research and development expense was due primarily to an
increase in the number of research and development employees,
and to a lesser extent an increase in spending on development
tools, lab supplies and equipment to support new product
development programs. Salary and benefit expense associated with
the increase in headcount increased by $9.0 million to
$40.5 million in fiscal 2006 from $31.5 million in
fiscal 2005.
Sales and Marketing. The increase in sales and
marketing expense was primarily due to an increase in salary and
benefit expense associated with an increase in the number of
sales, marketing and customer support employees, and to a lesser
extent an increase in travel expense associated with our sales,
marketing and customer support activities. Salary and benefit
expense associated with the increase in headcount increased by
$2.0 million to $7.3 million in fiscal 2006 from
$5.3 million in fiscal 2005.
General and Administrative. The increase in
general and administrative expense was due to an increase in the
number of general and administrative employees and increased
professional service fees associated with legal, audit and tax
consulting services. Salary and benefit expense increased by
$1.1 million to $3.1 million in fiscal 2006 from
$2.0 million in fiscal 2005. Legal, audit and tax
consulting fees increased by $0.7 million to
$1.3 million in fiscal 2006 from $0.6 million in
fiscal 2005.
Interest Income, Net. Interest income, net,
consists of interest generated from the investment of our cash
balances, which was offset in fiscal 2006 by non-cash interest
expense relating to our preferred stock warrants. The increase
in interest income in fiscal 2006 was due primarily to greater
average cash balances and higher interest rates.
Comparison
of Fiscal 2004 and Fiscal 2005
Revenue
and Product and Service Billings
Fiscal Year
Period-to-Period
2004
2005
Change
(in thousands)
Revenue
$
3,617
$
2,347
$
(1,270
)
Deferred revenue, at end of period
118,051
273,124
Less: Deferred revenue, at
beginning of period
(15,519
)
(118,051
)
Product and service billings
$
106,149
$
157,420
$
51,271
Total revenue decreased by $1.3 million to
$2.3 million in fiscal 2005 from $3.6 million in
fiscal 2004. Product revenue decreased by $1.8 million to
$1.4 million in fiscal 2005 from $3.2 million in
fiscal 2004. Service revenue increased by $0.6 million to
$1.0 million in fiscal 2005 from $0.4 million in
fiscal 2004.
The decrease in product revenue was due primarily to a one-time
direct sale to a wireless operator in fiscal 2004 and lower
sales to a former OEM customer in fiscal 2005. The increase in
service revenue was due primarily to growth in our installed
product base with the former OEM customer.
The increase in product and service billings in fiscal 2005 was
due primarily to an increase in the number of Rev 0 OEM base
station channel cards sold through our OEM arrangement with
Nortel Networks, which was offset in part by a decline in the
average selling price.
Cost of
Revenue and Cost Related to Product and Service
Billings
Fiscal Year
Period-to-Period
2004
2005
Change
(in thousands)
Cost of revenue
$
4,453
$
6,533
$
2,080
Deferred product cost, at end of
period
28,196
66,966
Less: Deferred product cost, at
beginning of period
(3,949
)
(28,196
)
Cost related to product and
service billings
$
28,700
$
45,303
$
16,603
Cost of revenue increased by $2.1 million to
$6.5 million in fiscal 2005 from $4.5 million in
fiscal 2004. Cost of product revenue decreased by
$0.4 million to $1.8 million in fiscal 2005 from
$2.2 million in fiscal 2004. Cost of service revenue
increased by $2.5 million to $4.7 million in fiscal
2005 from $2.2 million in fiscal 2004.
The decrease in cost of product revenue was due primarily to a
one-time direct sales to a wireless operator in fiscal 2004 and
decreased sales to a former OEM customer in fiscal 2005. The
increase in cost of service revenue was due primarily to an
increase in customer service headcount to support a larger
installed base of product.
The increase in cost related to product and service billings was
primarily due to an increase in the number of Rev 0 OEM base
station channel cards sold through our OEM arrangement with
Nortel Networks.
Gross
Profit (Loss)
Gross profit decreased by $3.4 million to
$(4.2) million in fiscal 2005 from $(0.8) million in
fiscal 2004. Gross profit from product revenue decreased by
$1.4 million to $(0.4) million in fiscal 2005 from
$0.9 million in fiscal 2004. Gross profit from service
revenue decreased by $2.0 million to $(3.8) million in
fiscal 2005 from $(1.8) million in fiscal 2004.
The decrease in gross profit from product revenue in fiscal 2005
was due primarily to the recognition of revenue at the time of a
one-time direct sale to a wireless operator in fiscal 2004 and
lower product sales to a former OEM customer in fiscal 2005. The
decrease in gross profit from service revenue in fiscal 2005 was
due primarily to an increase in customer support expenses which
grew at a higher rate than our service revenue.
Operating
Expenses
Fiscal Year
Period-to-Period
Change
2004
2005
Amount
Percentage
(dollars in thousands)
Research and development
$
22,040
$
42,922
$
20,882
94.7
%
Sales and marketing
4,665
5,237
572
12.3
%
General and administrative
2,068
3,253
1,185
57.3
%
Total operating expenses
$
28,773
$
51,412
$
22,639
78.7
%
Research and Development. The increase in
research and development expense was due primarily to an
increase in the number of research and development employees to
support development of our Rev A and FMC products, and to a
lesser extent, an increase in prototype and consulting expenses
relating to these new product initiatives. Salary and benefit
expense associated with the increase in headcount increased by
$15.2 million to $31.5 million in fiscal 2005 from
$16.3 million in fiscal 2004.
Sales and Marketing. The increase in sales and
marketing expense was due primarily to an increase in the number
of sales and marketing employees and partially offset by a
reduction in commissions earned. Salary and benefit expense
associated with the increase in headcount increased by
$0.7 million to $5.3 million in fiscal 2005 from
$4.6 million in fiscal 2004. Commission expense decreased
by $0.5 million to $1.2 million in fiscal 2005 from
$1.7 million in fiscal 2004.
General and Administrative. The increase in
general and administrative expense was due primarily to an
increase in the number of general and administrative employees,
and to a lesser extent, an increase in legal and other
professional service expense to support the growth of the
company. Salary and benefit expense associated with the increase
in headcount increased by $0.8 million to $2.0 million
in fiscal 2005 from $1.2 million in fiscal 2004.
Interest Income, Net. The increase in interest
income, net, was due primarily to higher interest income
generated by greater average cash balances and higher interest
rates, and to a lesser extent, lower interest expense due to the
retirement of all outstanding principal and interest owed under
the two equipment lines of credit.
Quarterly
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly
statement of operations data for the nine fiscal quarters ended
April 1, 2007. We have prepared the unaudited information
for each quarter on the same basis as our audited financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited
information, in the opinion of management, includes all
adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the results
of operations for the periods presented. These quarterly
operating results are not necessarily indicative of our
operating results for any future periods or a full fiscal year.
Product and service billings
represents amounts invoiced for products and services delivered
and services to be delivered to our customers for which payment
is expected to be made in accordance with normal payment terms.
For software-only products sold to OEM customers, we invoice
only upon notification of sales by our OEM customers. We use
product and service billings to assess our business performance
and as a critical metric for our incentive compensation program.
We believe product and service billings is a consistent measure
of our sales activity from period to period. Product and service
billings is not a GAAP measure and does not purport to be an
alternative to revenue or any other performance measure derived
in accordance with GAAP. The following table reconciles revenue
to product and service billings:
Cost related to product and service
billings represents the cost directly attributable to products
and services delivered and invoiced to our customers in the
period. We record cost related to product billings as deferred
product cost until such time as the related deferred revenue is
recognized as revenue upon the delivery of specified software
upgrades. When we recognize revenue, the related deferred
product cost is expensed as cost of revenue. We believe that
cost related to product and service billings is an important
measure of our operating performance. Cost related to product
and service billings is not a GAAP measure and does not purport
to be an alternative to cost of revenue or any other performance
measure derived in accordance with GAAP. The following table
reconciles cost of revenue to cost related to product and
service billings:
Less: Deferred product cost, at
beginning of period
(28,196
)
(38,774
)
(53,506
)
(60,568
)
(66,966
)
(71,252
)
(33,522
)
(33,893
)
(34,214
)
Cost related to product and service
billings
$
11,858
$
15,997
$
9,500
$
7,948
$
5,861
$
2,700
$
1,931
$
2,051
$
1,842
Our revenue fluctuates significantly from quarter to quarter
primarily as a result of our accounting for specified software
upgrades. Our OEM channel revenue is accumulated and deferred
from the time that we commit to a future upgrade until we
deliver the upgrade. As a result, our revenue fluctuates
dramatically on a quarterly basis because we have significantly
higher revenue in those quarters in which we deliver specified
software upgrades.
From fiscal 2002 through the first quarter of fiscal 2006, we
deferred all of our product revenue from Nortel Networks because
we had committed to a specified software upgrade, which we
delivered in the second quarter of fiscal 2006. Upon delivery of
the specified upgrade in the second quarter of fiscal 2006, we
recognized revenue from product shipments and software licenses
sold to Nortel Networks from fiscal 2002 through the first
quarter of fiscal 2005, when we committed to a subsequent
software upgrade. Product shipments and software licenses sold
to Nortel Networks from the second quarter of fiscal 2005
through the first quarter of fiscal 2007 have been deferred and
will be recognized as revenue when all committed software
upgrades at the time of sale are delivered. As a result, we did
not recognize revenue from Nortel Networks during the third and
fourth quarters of fiscal 2006 or the first quarter of fiscal
2007.
Our product and service billings declined sequentially from the
second quarter of fiscal 2005 through the first quarter of
fiscal 2006 primarily as a result of the transition from product
sales based on Rev 0 channel cards to sales based on Rev A
upgradeable channel cards in the second half of fiscal 2006.
Billings in the second quarter of fiscal 2006 included
$7.0 million from the completion of a professional services
contract with a direct customer. We derived billings in the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 and the first quarter of fiscal
2007 primarily from product sales
related to the rollout of Rev A upgradeable channel cards.
Billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 were significantly
greater than billings in the third quarter of fiscal 2006 as a
result of the initial deployment by operators of Rev A
upgradeable channel cards. Billings in the first quarter of
fiscal 2007 were significantly less than billings in the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2006 because billings in the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2006 included product sales to operators who had delayed
their purchases during fiscal 2006 in anticipation of the
availability of Rev A upgradeable channel cards.
Our gross profit was relatively flat from the first quarter of
fiscal 2005 through the first quarter of fiscal 2006 primarily
due to the deferral of substantially all of our revenue during
those periods related to undelivered software upgrade
commitments outstanding to Nortel Networks. During the second
quarter of fiscal 2006, our gross profit increased substantially
due to the recognition of revenue and the associated cost of
revenue resulting from the delivery of a software upgrade to
Nortel Networks.
Our operating expenses generally have increased quarter over
quarter for the last nine quarters. This increase in operating
expenses was primarily due to growth in employee headcount in
research and development, sales and marketing and general and
administrative departments in order to develop, sell and support
additional products and a growing installed base. We expect
quarterly increases in operating expenses for the foreseeable
future.
We expect our product and service billings and cash flow from
operating activities to fluctuate significantly from quarter to
quarter based on the shipment of new products and upgrades to
the existing installed base of products as well as wireless
operator deployment timeframes for initial network build outs
and subsequent expansions to increase network capacity.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
At April 1, 2007, our principal sources of liquidity were
cash, cash equivalents and investments of $220.3 million.
From our inception in March 2000 through fiscal 2003, we did not
generate sufficient cash flow to fund our operations and the
growth in our business. We funded our business primarily through
issuances of preferred stock that provided us with gross
proceeds of $90.9 million and borrowings of
$4.9 million under lines of credit to fund the purchase of
equipment. Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding
shares of our preferred stock will automatically convert into
shares of our common stock. We repaid all borrowings under our
lines of credit in July 2004, and terminated the lines of credit
at such time. We do not currently have any line of credit or
other similar source of liquidity.
During fiscal 2004, fiscal 2005, fiscal 2006 and the first
quarter of fiscal 2007, we funded our operations primarily with
cash flow from operating activities. Cash flow from operating
activities is generally derived from net (loss) income,
fluctuations of current assets and liabilities and to a lesser
extent non-cash expenses. In fiscal 2004, we had cash flow from
operating activities even as we had a net loss for the period of
$29.1 million, primarily due to an increase of
$102.5 million in deferred revenue which relates to the
receipt of cash prior to the recognition of revenue, offset by
an increase of $24.2 million in deferred product cost which
relates to the payment of cash for the cost of deferred product
revenue. In fiscal 2005, we had cash flow from operating
activities even as we had a net loss for the period of
$63.0 million, primarily due to an increase of
$155.1 million of deferred revenue offset by an increase of
$38.8 million in deferred product cost. In fiscal 2006, our
net income of $74.1 million exceeded our cash flow from
operating activities by $49.0 million primarily as a result
of a decrease in deferred revenue of $29.7 million and
increases in accounts receivable of $38.5 million
associated with a significant increase in billings in the fourth
quarter and prepaid taxes of $13.6 million, partially
offset by a reduction in deferred charges of $32.8 million.
In the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we had cash flow from
operating activities even though we had a net loss for the
period of $18.8 million, primarily due to a decrease in
accounts receivable of $42.8 million associated with the
collection of billings made in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006
and an increase of $41.2 million of deferred revenue, of which
$38.2 million was collected during the quarter. Our ability
to continue to generate cash from operations will depend in
large part on the volume of product and service billings, our
ability to collect accounts receivable, and the growth of our
operating expenses.
The timing of tax payments also impacts cash flow from operating
activities from period to period. Tax payments do not
necessarily match pretax income or loss in a given period due to
permanent and temporary differences in taxable income including
deferred revenue and deferred charges. We paid $0.9 million
in fiscal 2004, $7.6 million in fiscal 2005 and
$6.2 million in fiscal 2006 in federal, state and foreign
taxes. We were not required to pay any taxes in the first
quarter of fiscal 2007.
Cash flow from investing activities was $(52.4) million
during fiscal 2004, $(60.9) million during fiscal 2005,
$40.2 million during fiscal 2006 and $52.5 million
during the first quarter of fiscal 2007. Cash flow from
investing activities consisted primarily of the timing of
purchases and maturities of investments and purchases of
property and equipment.
Cash flow from financing activities was $(1.7) million
during fiscal 2004, $3.2 million during fiscal 2005,
$1.6 million in fiscal 2006 and $(0.7) million during
the first quarter of fiscal 2007. Cash flow from financing
activities in fiscal 2004 consisted primarily of payments under
our equipment lines of credit. Cash flow from financing
activities in fiscal 2005 and 2006 consisted primarily of
proceeds from exercise of stock options and the sale of
restricted common stock and preferred stock and the receipt of
leasehold improvement reimbursements from our landlord. Cash
flow from financing activities in the first quarter of fiscal
2007 consisted primarily of costs associated with this public
offering partially offset by proceeds from exercise of stock
options.
We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents and investments,
our cash flows from operating activities and the net proceeds of
this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash
needs for at least the next 24 months. Our future working
capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the
rate of our product and service billings growth, the
introduction and market acceptance of new products, the
expansion of our sales and marketing and research and
development activities, and the timing of our revenue
recognition and related income tax payments. To the extent that
our cash, cash equivalents and investments, cash from operating
activities and net proceeds from this offering are insufficient
to fund our future activities, we may be required to raise
additional funds through bank credit arrangements or public or
private equity or debt financings. We also may need to raise
additional funds in the event we determine in the future to
effect one or more acquisitions of businesses, technologies or
products. In the event we require additional cash resources, we
may not be able to obtain bank credit arrangements or effect any
equity or debt financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.
In April 2007, we paid a special cash dividend of
$1.333 per share of common stock from our existing cash
balance. The payment to holders of common stock and redeemable
convertible preferred stock, as converted, totaled
$72.7 million. We have not declared or paid any other cash
dividends on our capital stock and do not expect to pay any cash
dividends for the foreseeable future. We intend to use future
cash flow from operating activities, if any, in the operation
and expansion of our business. Payment of future cash dividends,
if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors
after taking into account various factors, including our
financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated
cash needs and plans for expansion, and restrictions imposed by
lenders, if any.
The following table discloses aggregate information about our
contractual obligations and the periods in which payments are
due as of December 31, 2006.
Payments Due by Period
Less Than
1-3
3-5
More Than
Total
1 Year
Years
Years
5 Years
(in thousands)
Operating
leases(1)
$
6,086
$
1,175
$
2,258
$
2,374
$
279
Purchase
commitments(2)
75
75
—
—
—
Total
$
6,161
$
1,250
$
2,258
$
2,374
$
279
(1)
Consists of contractual obligations
for non-cancelable office space under operating leases.
(2)
Consists of minimum purchase
commitment under software license.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. We
do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable
interest entities, which includes special purposes entities and
other structured finance entities.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our
financial position due to adverse changes in financial market
prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result
of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange
rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading
purposes.
Foreign
Currency Exchange Risk
Nearly all of our revenue is derived from transactions
denominated in U.S. dollars, even though we maintain sales
and business operations in foreign countries. As such, we have
exposure to adverse changes in exchange rates associated with
operating expenses of our foreign operations, but we believe
this exposure to be immaterial.
Interest
Rate Sensitivity
We had unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and investments
totaling $220.3 million at April 1, 2007. The
unrestricted cash and cash equivalents are held for working
capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading
or speculative purposes. Some of the securities in which we
invest, however, may be subject to market risk. This means that
a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal
amount of the investment to fluctuate. To minimize this risk in
the future, we intend to maintain our portfolio of cash
equivalents and short-term investments in a variety of
securities, including commercial paper, money market funds, debt
securities and certificates of deposit. Due to the short-term
nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any
material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment
portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. As of
April 1, 2007, all of our investments were classified as
held to maturity securities.
In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standards
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes. FIN No. 48 clarifies the accounting
for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an
enterprises’ financial statements in accordance with
SFAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 prescribed a
recognition and measurement method of a tax position taken or
expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN No. 48 also
provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures and
transitions. FIN No. 48 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted the
provisions of FIN No. 48 effective January 1,2007. We did not recognize any liability for unrecognized tax
benefits as a result of adopting FIN No. 48 as of
January 1, 2007 and for the fiscal quarter ended
April 1, 2007. We did not recognize any interest and
penalties in the years ended January 2, 2005,
January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2006 and the fiscal
quarter ended April 1, 2007.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements, or SFAS No. 157.
SFAS No. 157 addresses how companies should measure
fair value when they are required to use a fair value measure
for recognition or disclosure purposes. SFAS No. 157
will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2008. We have
not yet adopted this pronouncement and are currently evaluating
the expected impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 157
will have on our consolidated financial position and results of
operations.
Airvana is a leading provider of network infrastructure products
used by wireless operators to provide mobile broadband services.
Our software and hardware products, which are based on Internet
Protocol, or IP, technology, enable wireless networks to deliver
broadband-quality multimedia services to mobile phones, laptop
computers and other mobile devices. These services include
Internet access,
e-mail,
music downloads, video,
IP-TV,
gaming,
push-to-talk
and
voice-over-IP,
or VoIP. Broadband multimedia services are growing rapidly as
business users and consumers increasingly use mobile devices to
work, communicate, play music and video and access the Internet.
By delivering wireless broadband services, operators are able to
increase their data services revenue and mitigate the decline in
voice revenue caused by heightened competition. We expect that
the introduction of VoIP, telephony services on mobile broadband
networks, coupled with the accelerated use of other multimedia
applications, will increasingly make mobile broadband networks
the primary method for mobile communications and entertainment.
Our products leverage our expertise in three
technologies — wireless communications, IP and
broadband networking. IP technology is the foundation of our
solutions. These products enable new services and deliver
carrier-grade mobility, scalability and reliability with
relatively low operating and capital costs. As a result, our
products have advantages over products based on circuit
switching or legacy communication protocols.
Most of our revenue to date has been attributable to our mobile
broadband network products, which are based on a wireless
communications standard called CDMA2000 1xEV-DO, or EV-DO. In
2002, we began delivering network infrastructure products based
on the first generation EV-DO standard known as Revision 0,
or Rev 0. Wireless operators such as Verizon Wireless and
Sprint Nextel have deployed Rev 0 technology throughout
their networks. Our next version of software is based on the
second generation EV-DO standard known as Revision A, or
Rev A, which provides increased data speeds and supports
push-to-talk
and VoIP. Certain major wireless operators are currently
deploying this new, faster technology in their networks. We
expect to benefit from the introduction of
push-to-talk
and VoIP traffic and other enhanced services onto EV-DO
networks. In addition, we anticipate continued growth of our
business from wireless operators expanding both the capacity and
geographic reach of their networks.
We are developing new products to address the markets for fixed
mobile convergence, or FMC, and in-building mobile broadband
services. We recently commenced trials of our first FMC product.
Our FMC products will enable operators to take advantage of
wireline broadband connections that already exist in most
offices and homes to deliver wireless services through a
combination of mobile and Wi-Fi networks. Our FMC products under
development include versions to support CDMA, UMTS and WiMAX
networks. We also utilize our mobile broadband technology and
products in specialized applications that require their own
mobile networks. For example, we are developing EV-DO systems
for use in military and public safety communications
applications.
We have sold EV-DO channel card licenses for use by over
30 operators worldwide, including Alltel, Bell Mobility,
Sprint Nextel, Telefonica, Telus and Verizon Wireless. We sell
our EV-DO products primarily through an OEM agreement with
Nortel Networks. Also, we have entered into OEM agreements with
Alcatel-Lucent to develop and sell additional EV-DO products and
with Qualcomm to sell EV-DO systems.
In the first quarter of fiscal 2007, our revenue was
$0.3 million, our product and service billings were
$41.5 million, our cash flow from operating activities was
$61.2 million and our operating loss was $21.5 million. In
fiscal 2006, our revenue was $170.3 million, our product and
service billings were $140.6 million, our cash flow from
operating activities was $25.1 million and our operating income
was $57.1 million. Nortel Networks accounted for 95% of our
revenue and 94% of our billings in fiscal 2006 and 100% of our
billings in the first quarter of fiscal 2007. Our research and
development team is comprised of approximately 400 engineers,
and we have spent over $195.0 million on the development of
our products over the past seven years.
Industry
Background
Mobile phones and other handheld mobile devices, such as
Blackberrys and smartphones, have become ubiquitous. iSuppli
Corporation predicts that the total number of worldwide mobile
device subscribers will grow
from 2.67 billion in 2006 to 3.7 billion by 2010.
Historically, demand for voice communications has driven the
rapid growth in wireless services. The availability of
affordable mobile phones and lower service costs, such as
flat-rate pricing for long distance calling, has increased
demand for voice communications.
Until recently, mobile phones were used primarily for voice
communication. The recent introduction of mobile broadband
services is beginning to drive significant growth in the use of
data services. For example, Verizon Wireless data services
revenue nearly doubled from the third quarter of 2005 to the
third quarter of 2006. However, the four largest wireless
operators in the United States currently derive less than 20% of
their communications services revenue from data services. We
believe this low penetration of data services presents a
significant growth opportunity for wireless operators.
The
Desire for Mobile Broadband Services
Both consumers and business users have a need for mobile
broadband services. For consumers, mobile broadband presents an
opportunity to access wirelessly all of the multimedia services
they normally access from their home or office using their
wireline broadband connection. These services include music
downloads, video streaming, gaming, information access
(searches, news, weather, financial data) and electronic
commerce. For business professionals, mobile broadband provides
access to high speed wireless email, file downloads and online
information through their mobile phones, smart phones and laptop
computers.
Mobile broadband can also help operators increase their revenues
and profitability. Just as wireline broadband created demand for
new multimedia services, the availability of mobile broadband
will create demand for new services through wireless networks.
While email and instant messaging are currently among the
primary applications for wireless data, faster and more reliable
wireless networks are enabling operators to offer new multimedia
services tailored for mobile users, providing an opportunity for
higher revenues. As a result, wireless operators have joined
efforts with media providers to develop content for mobile
phones. This content has led to increased use of multimedia
services, such as music downloads, video streaming, gaming,
IP-TV and
location-based services.
The
Need for Fixed-Mobile Convergence
We believe wireless operators currently deliver their mobile
services almost exclusively through wide-area mobile networks.
Wireline operators, on the other hand, deliver IP services
through fixed broadband access networks using Digital Subscriber
Line, or DSL, and cable data technologies. Many wireline
subscribers access these fixed broadband networks utilizing
Wi-Fi and other in-building wireless networks. While most
subscribers currently use one phone when at home or in the
office and another while traveling, an increasing number of
users are using their mobile phone as their only phone. An
obstacle to the use of mobile phones while in a home or office
has been the need for products that will enable mobile phone
users to connect seamlessly to the in-building wireless network.
Fixed-mobile convergence products will allow operators to
deliver converged services to mobile phones through a
combination of wide-area mobile and in-building wireless
networks. There are two ways to deliver FMC services
in-building. The first method utilizes dual-mode mobile/Wi-Fi
phones to access an operator’s voice and data services.
Using this method, when the user is in-building, the phone uses
Wi-Fi instead of its mobile radio and communicates with the
operator’s network through a Wi-Fi access point, which in
turn is connected to the Internet.
The second method utilizes existing mobile phones to access an
operator’s voice and data services. Using this method, when
the user is in-building, the mobile phone communicates with a
small, inexpensive “personal” base station that
connects to the operator’s network through a broadband
Internet connection in the home or office. The industry calls
these small, personal base stations “femto cell”
access points.
Users will benefit from FMC products through improved coverage
and quality of wireless service, greater convenience, and
reduced spending on the combination of wireline and wireless
services. Operators will benefit from FMC products by driving
more in-building usage of wireless services and by reducing the
cost to provide these services. Wireline operators who are
mobile virtual network operators, or MVNOs, will benefit from
FMC products by retaining customers on their fixed networks when
they are at home or in the office.
Traditional circuit-switched networks cannot effectively deliver
mobile broadband services. The delivery of mobile multimedia
services requires a technology optimized for the Internet and
capable of transmission at broadband speed. To offer multimedia
services, wireless operators have required a new
solution — a mobile broadband architecture based on IP
technology. This solution has to be deployable at relatively low
cost, sufficiently scalable to support a very large number of
users and capable of delivering carrier-grade reliability.
Operators also require scalable fixed-mobile convergence
solutions that will enable subscribers to access securely and
reliably both a mobile network and in-building network through a
single mobile phone. The development of these solutions requires
a combination of three disciplines: wireless communications, IP
and broadband networking.
Our
Solution
We were founded to apply broadband and IP technologies to mobile
networks. We have developed a suite of
IP-based
wireless infrastructure products that allow operators to provide
users of mobile phones, laptop computers and other mobile
devices with access to mobile broadband services. We have been
able to develop our products because of our expertise in the
three key technologies essential for mobile
broadband — wireless communications, IP and broadband
networking. Our products offer the following benefits:
Enable
New Service Offerings
Our EV-DO mobile network products enable operators to deliver a
broad range of new mobile broadband services, including:
•
Mobile Broadband Internet Access. Our EV-DO
network products allow operators to offer broadband-quality
Internet access anywhere in their networks. Users can access
EV-DO-based networks through their laptop computers and other
mobile devices. Mobile broadband networks offer increased
convenience and mobility and wider coverage than wireless local
area technologies such as Wi-Fi. In addition, in some developing
markets, EV-DO networks are being used as a wireless alternative
to DSL or cable to provide
last-mile
broadband Internet access. Our products have been used to deploy
these services in Eastern Europe and Latin America.
•
Multimedia Consumer Services. Our EV-DO
products enable wireless operators to provide multimedia
services, such as video, music downloads,
IP-TV and
gaming. Broadband speed is important to users seeking to
download or transmit the large files associated with multimedia
services. Reflecting the growth of this market, media companies
and wireless operators are developing content tailored for
mobile phones. In 2006, Juniper Research estimated that global
mobile entertainment services revenue, consisting of gambling,
adult content, mobile games, mobile music, mobile TV and
infotainment, will increase almost five-fold over the next five
years.
•
Enhanced Voice Services. Our EV-DO products
enable the delivery of interactive voice and video services,
such as
IP-based
push-to-talk,
video telephony and VoIP. For example, Sprint Nextel has
announced its intention to deliver
push-to-talk
over its EV-DO network. In the future, our technology will
enable wireless operators to migrate from separate voice and
data networks to a single
IP-based
mobile broadband network delivering both voice and data.
Provide
Scalability and Reliability
Our EV-DO products allow the base stations in a mobile network
to connect to multiple radio network controllers in order to
increase the reliability of handoffs for mobile users at mobile
site boundaries. Operators can increase the capacity of their
base stations simply by installing additional channel cards. Our
clustering software under development will enable wireless
operators to scale their networks incrementally and to react
quickly and reliably to increased demand for capacity without
introducing any network boundaries. In addition, our clustering
architecture is designed to enable the clustering of multiple
radio network controllers so they appear as one high-capacity
virtual controller. With our architecture, base stations will
not be impacted by the failure of a single controller because
they can continue to be served by the other controllers in the
cluster.
Our EV-DO products enable operators to reduce their capital and
operating expenses by taking advantage of efficiencies
associated with the use of IP technology. An EV-DO network
employing our
IP-based
architecture uses high-volume,
off-the-shelf
components, such as IP routers, and allows mobile sites to
connect to radio network controllers through an IP data network,
such as a lower-cost metropolitan Ethernet network.
Leverage
Existing Broadband Infrastructure
We are developing FMC products that will enable operators to
take advantage of broadband and Wi-Fi connections that already
exist in most offices and homes. Our initial FMC products
include a Universal Access Gateway, or UAG, and femto cell
access point products. Our UAG will be a high-capacity,
carrier-grade network product that will allow operators to
deliver mobile voice and data services to their subscribers
using a combination of mobile and Wi-Fi networks. Our femto cell
access point products, together with our UAG, will allow
operators to deliver mobile voice and data services to
subscribers in-building using a combination of mobile and fixed
broadband networks. Customers will benefit from increased
coverage and quality of service and a reduction in combined
spending for wireline and wireless services. Operators will
benefit from reduced network operating costs, increased revenue
and greater customer satisfaction.
Our
Strategy
Our strategy is to enhance our leadership in the mobile
broadband infrastructure market by growing our EV-DO business,
expanding our current product offering, acquiring new customers
and seeking selected acquisition opportunities. Principal
elements of our strategy include the following:
•
Grow our EV-DO Business. We plan to grow sales
of our EV-DO products as operators continue to expand both the
coverage and capacity of their wireless networks and increase
their offerings of mobile broadband services. We are developing
new features to facilitate this growth, such as technologies
that will improve the quality of both VoIP and
push-to-talk
services. In addition, we believe opportunities exist to use our
EV-DO technologies to address new markets, such as
air-to-ground,
military and public safety communications. We are developing an
air-to-ground
network infrastructure product that enables mobile broadband
services for airline passengers. We are also developing a
compact, rugged, easily-transportable base station that
government agencies can use for military and public safety
applications.
•
Enter the Fixed-Mobile Convergence Market. We
are currently conducting trials of our UAG product, which will
allow wireless and wireline operators to deliver mobile voice
and data services through a combination of wireless and wireline
access technologies. Our UAG product under development will
support deployment in CDMA, UMTS and WiMAX networks and can be
used to provide access for Wi-Fi and femto cell access points.
We are also developing our own femto cell access point products
for in-building deployment in CDMA and UMTS networks. We plan to
sell these FMC products directly to operators and through OEM
customers.
•
Develop Products for the GSM/UMTS
Markets. While CDMA is the leading mobile
technology used by North American operators, GSM/UMTS are the
leading standards used elsewhere in the world. We are currently
developing UAG and femto cell access point products to address
the GSM/UMTS markets.
•
Leverage our Expertise in All-IP Mobile Networks to Develop
4G Technologies. Third generation wireless
standards, known as 3G, enable the delivery of IP data services
over mobile networks. While EV-DO is also considered a 3G
standard, it is based on an architecture where all multimedia
services, including voice, are carried over a single all-IP
wireless network. The fourth generation wireless standards,
known as 4G, are expected to offer faster speeds and will also
carry all multimedia services over an all-IP wireless network.
We believe our expertise in EV-DO and all-IP wireless network
technology positions us well to develop 4G solutions.
•
Expand our OEM Sales Channels. Our OEM
relationships have allowed us to reach a broad end-user market
rapidly. By collaborating with our OEM customers to develop
specific functionality to be incorporated into products for
their end-customers, we enable our OEM customers to expand their
product
offering and achieve faster time to market for innovative
products that enable new operator services. We intend to
continue to pursue new OEM relationships to leverage their
extensive operator relationships, industry networks and global
reach.
•
Leverage our Existing Operator
Relationships. We have developed direct
relationships with leading wireless operators to understand
their needs and create demand for our products. We collaborate
directly with these operators to develop new products and
services for their customers. While our OEM customers represent
our primary sales channel, we also offer some products for sale
directly to operators.
•
Pursue Selected Acquisition Opportunities. We
intend to pursue acquisitions that we believe will complement
our strategy and broaden our customer base and technologies. For
example, on April 30, 2007, we acquired 3Way Networks
Limited, a United Kingdom-based provider of femto cell access
points and solutions for UMTS markets.
Products
We have two categories of products — mobile network
EV-DO products and FMC products.
Mobile
Network EV-DO Products
Our mobile network EV-DO products are
IP-based and
comply with the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO standard. A typical mobile
radio access network, or RAN, consists of a specific combination
of base stations, radio network controllers, or RNCs, and a
network management system. Our mobile network EV-DO products
consist primarily of software for all three RAN elements. These
three elements are designed to work in conjunction with each
other and cannot be deployed independently. We also design and
offer base station channel cards and other hardware for use with
our software.
We have developed a comprehensive suite of products for
deployment in both Rev 0 and Rev A radio access networks. This
suite includes the following products:
•
OEM Base Station Channel Cards and
Software. Mobile base stations send and receive
signals to mobile phones and other mobile devices connected to
the network. They generally reside immediately next to a mobile
tower. OEM base station channel cards and our software are the
primary elements of an EV-DO base station and serve as its
intelligence. Nortel Networks, our largest OEM customer,
manufactures Rev A OEM base station channel cards under license
from us.
•
ipBTS. The ipBTS is a compact, rack-mountable
base station. It will be used to provide both in-building mobile
coverage for enterprises and for rapid deployment in military
and public safety applications.
•
skyBTS. Our skyBTS is the base station for our
air-to-ground
radio access network, or ATG RAN, solution. An ATG RAN is a
ground-based network that will deliver broadband Internet
connectivity to aircraft using EV-DO technology. Inside the
aircraft, users will connect to the Internet using Wi-Fi-enabled
devices such as laptop computers.
Radio
Network Controllers
A radio network controller, or RNC, directs and controls many
base stations. Our RNC consists of proprietary software and a
carrier-grade,
off-the-shelf
hardware platform. Our RNC software manages EV-DO mobility as
users move between cell towers. Our RNCs are significantly
smaller in size and offer higher capacity than RNCs used in
traditional mobile networks. Our RNCs use IP technology to
communicate with our software running on base station mobile
cards. To enhance scalability, we are also developing a software
upgrade that will allow our RNCs to be clustered together to
serve as a larger, virtual RNC. We offer our RNC software on a
stand-alone basis or bundled with the hardware platform.
Network
Management System
Our AirVista Network Management System is software designed for
the remote management of all of our components in a mobile
network deployment. This high-capacity system provides a common
management platform for all of our EV-DO and FMC products. Our
AirVista software is used to access securely, configure and
control all of our RAN elements over an IP network.
Flat
Architecture EV-DO Base Station
We are developing a base station that combines base station and
RNC software with the functionality of a packet data serving
node, which is a router for CDMA mobile networks, to create a
new product category. We call this integrated product a
flat-architecture EV-DO base station. The flat architecture will
reduce the number of network elements required to build an EV-DO
network, making the network more reliable, more flexible, easier
to engineer and deploy and less costly to operate. This flat
architecture base station may be connected directly to the
Internet and is intended for use initially in enterprise,
campus, hot spot and public safety deployments.
Fixed-Mobile
Convergence Products
Our first FMC product is our universal access gateway, or UAG,
which we expect to deliver in the second half of 2007. When
deployed in an operator’s network, our UAG will enable
mobile phone users to roam between mobile and in-building
networks. UAG products under development include versions to
support CDMA, UMTS and WiMAX networks and can be used to provide
access for Wi-Fi and femto cell access points.
The UAG will offer the following key features:
•
Security. The UAG will provide security for
the operator’s network and security for the user’s
traffic. The operator’s network will be protected by
authenticating users before granting them access to the
operator’s network. In addition, the UAG will provide
firewall functionality, denial of service attack prevention and
filtering through access control lists. Privacy of user
information will be ensured by encrypting all traffic flowing
between the user and the operator’s network.
•
Mobility. The UAG will maintain a user’s
connection as the user moves between networks. When a user
crosses local IP network boundaries while still connected to an
operator’s network through the Internet, the UAG will
maintain the user’s session. When a user moves between an
in-building network connected through the Internet and the
operator’s wide-area mobile network, the UAG will enable a
user to maintain IP connectivity.
•
Scalability. The UAG will be a high capacity,
carrier-grade network product that will be scalable easily to
serve a very large number of users.
•
Quality of Service. The UAG will support
differentiation and prioritization of user traffic. The
capabilities of the UAG to examine different fields in user IP
packets, such as source and destination addresses, will allow
operators to deliver differentiated services based on the user
and the user application.
•
Service Accounting. The UAG will collect
detailed statistics for an operator’s network billing
system. These statistics can also be used by operators to
determine the performance of various subscriber applications.
Our second category of FMC products under development includes
femto cell access points, which we expect to make available in
2008. When deployed in homes and offices, femto cell access
points will allow users to use existing mobile phones
in-building with improved coverage and increased broadband
wireless performance. Femto cell products under development
include versions to support UMTS and CDMA.
Our femto cell access points will include the following key
features:
•
Improved in-building coverage. Our femto cell
access points are designed to significantly improve in-building
mobile network coverage.
•
Improved user experience of mobile
services. Because our femto cell access points
will be shared by a small number of users, they will be able to
provide a higher performance voice and data experience compared
to existing mobile network services.
•
Compatibility with existing mobile phones. Our
femto cell access points will allow users to make phone calls
and access Internet broadband services through their existing
CDMA or UMTS mobile phones.
•
Plug and play installation. Our femto cell
access points are being designed for consumer installation with
minimal user configuration. They will be connected by consumers
to their existing broadband Internet services, such as those
provided by DSL, cable or fiber optics.
The distinguishing feature of our mobile broadband network
architecture is our proprietary use of IP technology to deliver
the following:
•
mechanisms to support subscriber mobility;
•
protocols to carry traffic between the various network elements
of a RAN in a secure manner;
•
methods to increase the availability of the network in case of a
failure in any of its elements;
•
designs that increase the scalability of the network;
•
procedures to configure, manage and maintain the RAN; and
•
quality-of-service
algorithms to allocate dynamically the resources of the RAN to
subscribers and the various applications they use.
IP
Backhaul
Our IP RAN architecture is designed to take advantage of the
flexibility of IP networks. Our EV-DO solutions were among the
first commercially deployed radio networks to rely solely on IP
for the transport of packets between nodes. Traditional mobile
networks use
point-to-point
T1/E1 circuits to connect base stations with radio network
controllers. Using IP transport between base stations and radio
network controllers allows wireless operators to take advantage
of widely-available IP equipment, such as routers, to terminate
T1/E1 circuits or use alternative low-cost IP transport services
such as Metro Ethernet. Our IP backhaul capability reduces the
size and cost of the required radio network controller equipment.
RNC
Clustering
Our products eliminate the strict hierarchical relationships
between base stations and RNCs. In traditional circuit-based
radio access networks, each base station is controlled by a
designated radio network controller. In our
IP RAN architecture, on the other hand, each base station can be
served by multiple RNCs. This leads to improvements in handling
subscriber mobility, increasing the scalability and reliability
of the radio access network.
In traditional radio access networks, where each base station is
served by a single RNC, base stations that are served by a given
RNC form a geographic zone, called a subnet. When a mobile user
travels outside the subnet, handoffs have to be performed
between RNCs. These handoffs are often the cause of dropped
calls and create unnecessary radio traffic. When a mobile user
moves along the subnet boundary, repeated handoffs may occur,
further exacerbating the problem.
Because wireless operators want to minimize the frequency of
handoffs between RNCs, they often seek high capacity RNCs to
make subnets as large as possible. However, individual RNC
capacity is limited by the
state-of-the-art
in available microprocessors and memory. The clustering software
we are developing will allow a wireless operator to increase the
subnet size by clustering multiple RNCs and making them behave
as if they were a single, much larger, virtual RNC. When a
mobile subscriber requests resources from the radio access
network, the base station will be able to route this request to
the specific RNC within the cluster using our proprietary
algorithms. As a result, subnets will be able to be made very
large and handoff boundaries between RNCs may be reduced.
RNC clustering also can improve the reliability of the radio
access network. In a traditional radio access network, when an
RNC fails, all base stations that are served by that RNC go out
of service. In our IP RAN architecture, when one RNC fails, the
remaining RNCs in the cluster will continue to serve subscribers.
Multi-Homing
Our IP RAN architecture also supports multi-homing technology,
which allows an RNC to continue to serve a mobile subscriber on
an active call when that subscriber moves outside the current
subnet. In traditional radio network architectures, handoffs
between RNCs are handled using so-called inter-RNC handoff
procedures, which require signaling and user traffic to flow
through two RNCs. With our multi-homing technology, signaling
and user traffic will flow only between the serving base station
and the serving RNC and never have to traverse multiple RNCs. By
keeping the mobile subscriber attached to a given RNC, this
technology reduces latency and minimizes the processing load on
RNCs.
IP
Quality-of-Service
Quality-of-Service,
or QoS, refers to a network’s ability to prioritize
different kinds of traffic over others. For example, voice
traffic, which is very sensitive to delay, needs priority over
less delay-sensitive web-browsing traffic. All-IP mobile
broadband networks need to serve a variety of traffic with very
different QoS requirements. EV-DO standards define sophisticated
methods for the subscriber’s device to request QoS from the
radio network. As these requests are made, the radio access
network must then manage its available radio resources to best
satisfy the subscriber’s QoS requests. Our IP RAN
architecture includes proprietary algorithms for controlling the
admission of subscriber applications to the network and uses
technologies designed to deal with instances of network overload
in a predictable manner.
IP
Network Management
Our use of IP technologies also extends into our network
management systems, which is used by wireless operators to
manage and maintain their networks. Instead of using closed,
proprietary protocols to manage radio access network nodes, our
management system uses Web-based protocols such as XML for
communication between the management system and network
elements. This allows our network management system to offer
familiar web browser interfaces to users.
IP RAN
Flat Architecture
Mobile broadband radio access networks serve user traffic in
multiple types of nodes. For example, in EV-DO networks the base
station, the RNC, the packet data serving node, or PDSN, and the
mobile IP home agent all cooperate to serve user traffic.
However, having many different nodes in the network can add
latency, increase the
capital and maintenance cost of the network and require complex
interactions between the nodes to deliver
end-to-end
QoS.
Our IP RAN architecture will support flatter architectures,
where either the RNC and PDSN, or the base station, RNC and
PDSN, can be combined in a single node. Since there is no strict
one-to-one
relationship between base stations and RNCs in our IP RAN, these
elements can be combined in a single node without introducing
any handoff or subnet boundaries between the base stations. Our
RNC clustering technology will allow us to integrate PDSN
functionality into our RNC, without reducing the effective base
station footprint or subnet size.
As radio networks become more distributed, and base stations are
placed closer to users, as with pico cell and micro cell base
stations, we expect flat networks will become the preferred
architecture for wireless operators.
Distance-Based
Paging
Paging is a critical capability in all mobile wireless systems.
To preserve battery life, subscriber devices are programmed to
turn off their radio circuitry and periodically wake up to
listen for any incoming calls. Radio access networks alert the
subscriber to an incoming call by broadcasting a page message
through all base stations where the subscriber might be located.
To facilitate paging, in traditional radio access networks,
subscriber devices inform the radio network whenever they cross
a certain geographic paging zone. When the network wants to page
the user, it does so through all the base stations in the paging
zone where the subscriber last reported its location. Such
paging mechanisms can create significant unnecessary signaling
traffic if subscribers move back and forth between paging zones.
Our IP RAN architecture includes distance-based paging, which
uses dynamically varying circular paging zones centered on the
base station where a subscriber has last reported its location.
This technique avoids the problems caused by unnecessary
repeated location updates, but requires more sophisticated
handling in the RNC to keep track of the list of base stations
for paging. Distance-based paging also allows the operator to
configure very small paging areas in order to reduce the amount
of radio bandwidth that frequent broadcast pages take away from
normal user traffic. These considerations are especially
important in page intensive applications such as
push-to-talk.
Universal
Access Gateway
Our Universal Access Gateway is based on a proprietary
combination of capabilities to enable operators to deliver
multimedia FMC services to a large number of subscribers.
Multimedia
Service Delivery with Integrated Security &
Mobility
Our UAG has been designed specifically to enable FMC services.
Traditional network solutions such as virtual private network
systems and session border controllers are unable to meet the
demands of FMC networks. A key distinguishing capability of our
UAG is the integration of three critical functions in a single
carrier-grade, high-capacity network node: strict security;
support for seamless subscriber mobility; and support for rich
multimedia.
Using proprietary designs that include encryption and
decryption, access control lists, stateful firewalls and
intrusion detection, our UAG will guard against security threats
such as service theft, denial of service, session hijacking and
compromised privacy. Our UAG will also hide the topology of the
operator’s IP network from subscribers. Our UAG will
support industry standard protocols, such as IPSec, IKEv2,
EAP-AKA and EAP-SIM, to ensure full interoperability with a
broad range of subscriber devices.
Our UAG will also enable secure mobility of the subscriber using
protocols that ensure fast, seamless handoffs at network
boundaries while maintaining security associations. Our
UAG’s secure mobility system design based on the MOBIKE
protocol supports very fast handoffs by integrating signaling
for mobility and security.
Our UAG is also designed to support rich multimedia services
with the capability to configure and enforce hundreds of
thousands of policies. Our UAG uses deep packet inspection to
examine critical fields in packet headers, allowing the UAG to
distinguish between subscribers and application flows in order
to enforce different
policies. These capabilities will enable operators to offer
differentiated services and ensure fair use of their network
resources by their subscribers.
High-Capacity,
Carrier-Grade Platform for Fixed-Mobile Convergence
Our UAG product is being implemented on a high-capacity,
carrier-grade hardware platform. Based on the Advanced
Telecommunications Computing Architecture and carrier-grade
Linux operating system, this platform combines
state-of-the-art,
high speed interconnect technologies with significant
improvements in reliability, availability and serviceability. A
key component of this platform is a custom-designed packet
processing module that includes network processors, a security
processor and a general-purpose microprocessor. This powerful
multi-processor architecture, along with a system software
architecture that separates signaling and user traffic and
provides real-time session mirroring, will enable the UAG to
achieve high session capacity and high availability. Using
proprietary switching interconnect designs and redundancy
support mechanisms, such as real-time session redundancy and
triple detection technology, our UAG will also enable fast
switch-over to redundant modules in case of any failure. A fast
switch-over is critical for handling real-time applications such
as voice and video. The UAG platform will allow flexible
redundancy configurations for control processor, packet
processing and intelligent I/O modules. The UAG platform is
designed to support millions of subscribers and scale to 100s of
gigabit-per-second
throughput.
Flexible
Policy Enforcement and Deep Packet Inspection
Our UAG will perform deep packet inspection, traffic
classification and policy enforcement on a per-session or
per-flow basis based on subscriber profiles or operator
policies. This allows operators to offer differentiated services
and provide for a subscriber’s use of network resources
consistent with his profile and the operator’s policies.
Our UAG will also perform proprietary call admission control and
domain partitioning based on different service policies. The
UAG’s implementation will allow manual or dynamic policy
configuration, and is designed to support up to hundreds of
thousands of policies.
IP
Network Management
Like our mobile network products, our UAG will also use an
IP-based
management system for its configuration and maintenance. This
system offers users familiar web browser interfaces based on
protocols such as XML for communication between the management
system and UAG nodes.
Femto
Cells
Our femto cell technology will consist of:
•
a flat network architecture;
•
a flexible hardware architecture based on programmable
processing elements;
•
an extensive software/firmware technology that will implement
the radio, networking and security functions of a femto cell;
•
a suite of proprietary algorithms designed to optimize the
performance and robustness of the femto cell system; and
•
a scalable service manager to facilitate the management of our
femto cells by the network operator.
Our flat femto cell network architecture collapses the base
station, radio network controller and packet data nodes of a
macro-cellular radio network into a small femto cell access
point. An essential element of this architecture is the UAG,
which provides the critical security protections necessary for
connecting femto cells to an operator’s core network using
the public Internet. We believe that this linkage between our
UAG and our femto cells will allow us to deliver differentiated
features that enhance femto cell operation, while maintaining
open standard interfaces to ensure vendor interoperability. Our
network architecture is designed to provide flexible options to
connect to a wireless operator’s core network, connecting
either to existing circuit-switched core networks, which
include mobile switching centers, or
state-of-the-art
packet-switched core networks based on the session initiation
protocol or the IP multimedia system.
Our programmable hardware platform is designed to offer the
ability to upgrade the software and firmware running on the
femto cell after it has been installed in a user’s home,
the ability to rapidly evolve our femto cell solution to take
advantage of the latest available programmable processor
technology and to rapidly develop low-cost hard-wired
application-specific-integrated-circuits.
We believe that our extensive software and firmware solution for
femto cells will implement the critical modulation and
demodulation functions found in the physical layer and the
scheduling and power and rate control functions found in the
media access control layer. Our software and firmware solution
will also implement all necessary radio network controller,
packet data node and security functions.
Adapting macro-cellular radio access network technology to small
femto cells that support a wide range of existing mobile phones
requires sophisticated signal processing and networking
algorithms. We are developing these algorithms in the following
technology areas:
•
managing interference between femto cells and between femto cell
and macro cell networks;
•
providing seamless handoffs as users cross between femto cell
and macro cell networks;
•
limiting access to a femto cell only by authorized users;
•
acquiring accurate timing, frequency and location information;
and
•
managing the use of a wireless operator’s spectrum.
Finally, our service manager will operate on a scalable server
platform and implement unique methods to facilitate the easy and
secure activation and maintenance of thousands of femto cells
from a central location in the network using the public Internet.
Operators
Deploying Our Products
We have sold channel card licenses for use by over 30 operators
worldwide. These operators have purchased our products primarily
through our OEM customers. The largest deployments to date
include networks operated by the following operators:
• Alltel (USA)
• Sprint Nextel (USA)
• Bell Mobility (Canada)
• Telefonica (Latin
America)
• Eurotel (Czech
Republic)
• Verizon Wireless (USA)
• Pelephone (Israel)
OEM
Customers
We have OEM relationships with three leading global
communications equipment vendors — Nortel Networks,
Alcatel-Lucent and Qualcomm. We believe these OEM relationships
provide several commercial advantages, including extended sales
and marketing reach, reduced accounts receivable concerns and
the mitigation of currency risk arising from the global nature
of the network infrastructure business. Similarly, we believe
OEMs benefit from our relationships by leveraging our R&D
expertise, reducing the
time-to-market
for new products, and realizing incremental revenue from the
sale of complementary hardware, software and services resulting
from the incorporation of our technology into their products.
Nortel
Networks
We have sold our EV-DO mobile network solutions primarily
through Nortel Networks since 2001. Nortel Networks accounted
for 100% of our billings in the first quarter of fiscal 2007,
95% of our revenue and 94% of our billings in fiscal 2006 and
16% of our revenue and 98% of our billings in fiscal 2005. We
originally entered into our OEM agreement with Nortel Networks
for the development of our proprietary EV-DO Rev 0 technology,
including base station channel card hardware and software, RNC
software, and network management system software. The
agreement is non-exclusive, contains no minimum purchase
commitments, and sets forth the terms and conditions under which
Nortel Networks licenses our proprietary EV-DO software. In
2005, Nortel Networks exercised its right under the OEM
agreement to license, on a non-exclusive basis, our proprietary
Rev A base station channel card hardware design to enable Nortel
Networks to manufacture such hardware and derivatives thereof.
These OEM base station channel cards are inserted into Nortel
Network’s CDMA 2000 base stations and, under our agreement,
operate exclusively with our EV-DO software. The term of the OEM
agreement extends through January 1, 2009, with automatic
annual renewals, unless either party gives 12 months prior
notice of its intent not to renew. Nortel Networks also has the
right to terminate the agreement at any time.
Nortel Networks has the option, under our agreement, to purchase
from us the specification for communications among base
stations, RNCs and network management systems. The specification
would enable Nortel Networks to develop EV-DO software to work
with the base station channel card software licensed from us and
deployed in the networks of Nortel Networks’ operator
customers. If Nortel Networks elects to exercise this option,
Nortel Networks will pay us a fixed fee as well as a royalty on
sales of products that incorporate this interface specification.
The royalty rate varies with annual volume but represents a
portion of the license fees we currently receive from our sales
to Nortel Networks. If Nortel Networks were to exercise the
option, Nortel Networks would receive the current interface
specification at the time of option exercise, updated with any
upgrade then under development, plus one additional upgrade
subject to a development agreement within a limited time after
the option exercise for an additional fee. If Nortel Networks
were in the future to develop its own EV-DO software, it could,
by exercising this option, enable its own software to
communicate with the base station channel cards currently
installed in its customers’ networks.
Alcatel-Lucent
In October 2006, we entered into an OEM agreement with
Alcatel-Lucent to develop EV-DO software products that will be
incorporated into some of its CDMA infrastructure products. We
do not expect to commence commercial sales of EV-DO products
through Alcatel-Lucent until 2008. Our OEM agreement with
Alcatel-Lucent sets forth the terms and conditions under which
Alcatel-Lucent licenses our proprietary EV-DO software.
Qualcomm
We have a supply and distribution agreement with Qualcomm for
our ipBTS products. The agreement has no minimum purchase
commitments and sets forth the terms and conditions under which
Qualcomm may purchase such products. Qualcomm has the exclusive
right in North America to distribute our ipBTS products for
networks that are not intended to be permanently installed. The
term of the agreement extends through July 28, 2009, with
automatic annual renewals, unless either party gives
12 months’ prior notice of its intent not to renew.
Sales and
Marketing
We market and sell our products both indirectly through our OEM
customers and directly to wireless operator customers. To date,
substantially all of our sales have been through our OEM
customers. In addition to our sales and marketing efforts
directed towards OEM customers, we augment the sales efforts of
our OEM customers by working with their delivery and operational
teams and assisting in the training and support of their sales
personnel.
Increasingly, an important part of our sales effort is creating
demand for our products by working directly with operators. We
foster relationships with operators by discussing technology
trends, identifying market requirements, carrying out field
support trials of our technologies in conjunction with teams
from our OEM customers and providing training and education
related to our technology. Through these contacts with our
end-customers, we believe we are better able to understand their
operations, incorporate feature and product requirements into
our solutions and better track the technology needs of our
end-customers.
As of April 30, 2007, we had 26 employees in sales and
marketing.
Service
and Support
We offer technical support services to our OEM customers and, in
some cases, directly to wireless operators. Our OEM customers
are responsible for handling basic first-level customer support,
with our technical support personnel addressing complex issues
related to our technologies.
Our service and support efforts are divided into two main
categories: ongoing commercial network support; and
pre-commercial or new network rollout support. Our ongoing
customer support and services include live network product
rollout,
around-the-clock
technical support, software and hardware maintenance services,
emergency outage recovery and service ticket tracking and
management. Pre-commercial support services include deployment
optimization services, customer network engineering and
on-site
deployment work related to system configuration and integration
with existing infrastructure.
We also provide customer consulting services including network
and radio frequency deployment planning, network optimization
and overall performance management. Our products and technology
are sold with a full range of technical documentation, including
planning, installation and operation guides. We also provide
standard and customized training targeted at management,
operational support personnel and network planners and engineers.
As of April 30, 2007, we had 27 employees in service
and support.
Research
and Development
Investment in research and development is at the core of our
business strategy. As of April 30, 2007, we had
412 engineers in Chelmsford, Massachusetts, Bangalore,
India and Cambridge, United Kingdom with significant expertise
in digital communications, including wireless communications,
Internet Protocol and broadband networking. Our research and
development organization is responsible for designing,
developing and enhancing our software and hardware products,
performing product testing and quality assurance activities, and
ensuring the compatibility of our products with third-party
platforms. Our research and development organization is also
responsible for developing new algorithms and concepts for our
existing and future products.
We have made substantial investments in product and technology
development since our inception. Research and development
expense totaled $22.0 million in fiscal 2004,
$42.9 million in fiscal 2005, $55.1 million in fiscal
2006 and $16.0 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2007.
We expect our research and development expense to increase
substantially for the foreseeable future, primarily related to
our investment in FMC products.
Manufacturing
and Operations
We develop and test our software products in-house and outsource
the manufacturing of the carrier-grade hardware components of
our products. We believe that outsourcing the manufacturing of
these hardware components enables us to conserve working
capital, better adjust manufacturing volumes to meet changes in
demand and more quickly deliver products.
Competition
The market for network infrastructure products is highly
competitive and rapidly evolving. The market is subject to
changing technology trends, shifting customer needs and
expectations and frequent introduction of new products. We
believe we are able to compete successfully primarily on the
basis of our expertise in all-IP wireless communication, the
performance and reliability of our products and our OEM business
model.
The nature of our competition varies by product. For our EV-DO
products, we face competition from several of the world’s
largest telecommunications equipment providers that offer either
a directly competitive product or a product based on alternative
technologies. Competitors include Alcatel-Lucent, Hitachi,
Huawei, LG-Nortel and Samsung.
In our sales to OEM customers, we face the competitive risk that
OEMs might seek to develop in-house alternative solutions to
those currently licensed from us. Additionally, OEMs might elect
to source technology from our competitors.
The market for FMC solutions is in its infancy. We expect to
encounter competition from products already on the market, as
well as new products to be developed. Our competition includes
several public companies, including Cisco and Ericsson, as well
as several private companies.
In the
air-to-ground
market, the competitive environment is less developed but, as
the market grows, we believe the competitive pressures in this
market may increase.
Our current and potential new competitors may have significantly
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
we do and may be able to devote greater resources to the
development, promotion, sale and support of their products. In
addition, many of our competitors have more extensive customer
bases and broader customer relationships than we do, including
relationships with our potential customers. Our competitors may
therefore be in a stronger position to respond quickly to new
technologies and may be able to market or sell their products
more effectively. Moreover, further consolidation in the
communications equipment market could adversely affect our OEM
customer relationships and competitive position. Our products
may not continue to compete favorably and we may not be
successful in the face of increasing competition from new
products and enhancements introduced by existing competitors or
new companies entering the markets in which we provide products.
Intellectual
Property
We believe that our continued success depends in large part on
our proprietary technology, the skills of our employees and the
ability of our employees to continue to innovate and incorporate
advances in wireless communication technology into our products.
We regard our products and the internally-developed software
embedded in our products as proprietary. The wireless industry
is dominated by large vendors with significant intellectual
property portfolios. To establish and protect our own
intellectual property rights, we rely on a combination of
patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws.
As of April 30, 2007, we had been issued 6 patents and had
50 patent applications pending in the United States and 16
patent applications pending in foreign jurisdictions.
We license our technology pursuant to agreements that impose
restrictions on customers’ ability to use the technology,
such as prohibiting reverse engineering and, in the case of
software products, limiting the use of software copies and by
restricting access to our source code. We also seek to avoid
disclosure of our intellectual property using contractual
obligations, by requiring employees and consultants with access
to our proprietary information to execute nondisclosure,
non-compete and assignment of intellectual property agreements.
Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, our
means to protect our intellectual property rights may be
inadequate. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of
our products, obtain and use information that we regard as
proprietary, or even elect to design around our current
intellectual property rights. In addition, the laws of some
foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as
great an extent as do the laws of the United States and many
foreign countries do not enforce their intellectual property
laws as diligently as U.S. government agencies and private
parties. Litigation and associated expenses may be necessary to
enforce our property rights.
We have licensed from Qualcomm some of their EV-DO technology
for use in our products. Our software also relies on certain
application-specific integrated circuit, or ASIC, technology
from Qualcomm used in EV-DO products. An inability to access
these ASIC technologies could result in significant delays in
our product releases and could require substantial effort to
locate or develop replacement technology.
Many companies in the wireless industry have significant patent
portfolios. These companies and other parties may claim that our
products infringe their proprietary rights. We may become
involved in litigation as a result of allegations that we
infringe the intellectual property rights of others. For
example, we recently received a letter from
Wi-LAN Inc.
asserting that some of our EV-DO products infringe two issued
United States patents and an issued Canadian patent relating to
wireless communication technologies. A majority of our revenue
to date has been derived from the allegedly infringing EV-DO
products. We have evaluated various matters relating to
Wi-LAN’s assertion and we do not believe that our products
infringe any valid claim of the patents identified by Wi-LAN.
However, we may seek to obtain a license to use the relevant
technology from
Wi-LAN. We
cannot be certain that
Wi-LAN would
provide such a license or, if provided, what its economic terms
would be. If we were to seek to obtain such a license, and such
license were available from
Wi-LAN, we
could be required to make significant payments with respect to
past and/or future sales of our products, and such payments may
adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
If Wi-LAN determines to pursue claims against us for patent
infringement, we might not be able to successfully defend
against such claims.
As of April 30, 2007, we had 504 employees. Of these
employees, approximately 110 are located in India and the vast
majority of the remainder is based in the United States. None of
our employees is represented by a union or covered by a
collective bargaining agreement.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters is located in Chelmsford,
Massachusetts, where we lease approximately 85,000 square
feet of office space. This lease expires on April 30, 2012.
We also lease approximately 31,000 square feet of space in
Bangalore, India and approximately 5,000 square feet of space in
Cambridge, United Kingdom.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, we may be involved in disputes or litigation
relating to claims arising out of our operations. We are not
currently a party to any material legal proceedings.
The following table sets forth the name, age and position of
each of our executive officers and directors as of June 30,2007:
Name
Age
Position
Randall S. Battat
47
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director
Peter C. Anastos
45
Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary
Vedat M. Eyuboglu
52
Vice President, Chief Technical
Officer and Director
David P. Gamache
50
Vice President of Finance and
Operations and Treasurer
Jeffrey D. Glidden
57
Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer
David J. Nowicki
41
Vice President of Marketing and
Product Management
Luis J. Pajares
46
Vice President, Worldwide Sales
and Services
Mark W. Rau
48
Vice President, Engineering
Sanjeev Verma
43
Vice President of Marketing and
Business Development and Director
Hassan
Ahmed(3)
49
Director
Robert P.
Badavas(1)
54
Director
Gururaj
Deshpande(1)(2)
56
Director
Paul J.
Ferri(2)
68
Director
Steven
Haley(3)
52
Director
Anthony S.
Thornley(1)
61
Director
(1)
Member of audit committee.
(2)
Member of compensation committee.
(3)
Member of nominating and corporate
governance committee.
Randall S. Battat has served as our President and Chief
Executive Officer and as a director since June 2000. Prior to
joining Airvana, Mr. Battat was employed at Motorola Inc.,
where he was Senior Vice President and General Manager, Internet
and Networking Group from May 1998 to March 2000, Senior Vice
President and General Manager, Information Systems Group, from
January 1997 to May 1998, and Corporate Vice President and
General Manager, Wireless Data Group from January 1994 to
January 1997. Prior to joining Motorola, Mr. Battat held
senior management positions at Apple Inc. Mr. Battat holds
a B.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford University.
Peter C. Anastos has served as our Vice President,
General Counsel since July 2005 and as our Secretary since May
2007. Prior to joining Airvana, Mr. Anastos was Vice
President, General Counsel and Secretary at Avici Systems, Inc.,
a high speed wireline IP routing equipment and software provider
from July 2000 to July 2005. Before joining Avici Systems,
Mr. Anastos held several legal positions at Nashua
Corporation, most recently Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary. Mr. Anastos holds a B.A. in government from
Dartmouth College and a J.D. from Boston University.
Vedat M. Eyuboglu, one of our co-founders, has served as
our Vice President, Chief Technical Officer and as a director
since March 2000. Prior to founding Airvana, Dr. Eyuboglu
held several senior management and technology positions at
Motorola Inc., including most recently as Vice President and
General Manager of Home Networking Product Operation and Vice
President of Technical Staff in Research and Advanced
Development in the Internet and Networking Group.
Dr. Eyuboglu is a Fellow of the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers, Inc. and holds a B.S. in electrical
engineering from Bogazici University, Istanbul, Turkey, and an
M.S. and Ph.D. in electrical engineering from Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute.
David P. Gamache has served as our Vice President of
Finance and Operations since December 2005, our Treasurer since
May 2007 and as our Chief Financial Officer from December 2000
to December 2005. Prior to joining Airvana, Mr. Gamache was
the Chief Financial Officer of Indus River Networks, Inc. Before
joining Indus River, Mr. Gamache held several financial
management positions at Stratus Computer, Inc., including most
recently as Vice President, Corporate Controller.
Mr. Gamache is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a
B.A. in accounting from the University of Notre Dame.
Jeffrey D. Glidden has served as our Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer since December 2005. Prior to joining
Airvana, Mr. Glidden was employed at RSA Security Inc., an
e-security
company specializing in user authentication systems and
encryption technology, where he was Senior Vice President,
Finance and Operations from July 2002 to December 2005, Chief
Financial Officer from September 2002 to December 2005 and
Treasurer from October 2002 to December 2005. Before joining RSA
Security, Mr. Glidden was Chief Financial Officer of Stream
International, Inc., a provider of outsourced customer care
services, from April 1997 to July 2002. Mr. Glidden holds a
B.S. in industrial economics from Union College and an M.B.A.
from Harvard Business School.
David J. Nowicki has served as our Vice President of
Marketing and Product Management since November 2006. Prior to
joining Airvana, Mr. Nowicki served as Vice President,
Marketing & Product Management at Bytemobile, Inc., a
mobile data services infrastructure provider, from January 2002
to November 2006. Prior to joining Bytemobile, Mr. Nowicki
served as Vice President of Marketing for ArrayComm, a provider
of smart antenna and 4G software, from June 1999 to December
2001 and, prior to that, in a number of other positions at
ArrayComm. Mr. Nowicki holds a B.S. in applied physics from
the University of California at Davis and an M.Eng. and an
M.B.A. from Cornell University.
Luis J. Pajares has served as our Vice President,
Worldwide Sales and Services since May 2003. Prior to joining
Airvana, Mr. Pajares was employed by Inet Technologies,
Inc., a provider of communications software products, where he
served as Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing from
September 1999 to May 2003. Prior to joining Inet,
Mr. Pajares was employed by Alcatel, where he served as a
Vice President from March 1994 to September 1999. Before joining
Alcatel, Mr. Pajares was Vice President, Wireless Networks
at Digital Switch Corporation. Mr. Pajares holds a B.A. in
economics from the University of Florida and an M.B.A. in
international business management from the University of Dallas.
Mark W. Rau has served as our Vice President, Engineering
since September 2004. Prior to joining Airvana, Mr. Rau
served as the Vice President of Engineering for Carrius
Technologies, Inc., a communications infrastructure company,
from June 2003 to September 2004, and he served as Senior Vice
President of Engineering at SOMA Networks, Inc., a broadband
wireless access company, from June 2000 to June 2003. Prior to
joining SOMA Networks, Mr. Rau held various senior
management positions at Nortel Networks. Mr. Rau holds a
B.S. in mathematics from South Dakota State University and an
M.S.M.A.S. with an operations research concentration from the
University of Texas at Dallas.
Sanjeev Verma, one of our co-founders, has served as our
Vice President of Marketing and Business Development and as a
director since March 2000. Prior to joining Airvana,
Mr. Verma held several management and product development
positions at Motorola Inc., including most recently as Director
of Marketing and Business Development for Home Networking
Products. Mr. Verma holds a B.E. in electrical engineering
from the Delhi College of Engineering, an M.S. in electrical
engineering from the University of Rhode Island and an M.B.A.
from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Sloan School of
Management.
Hassan Ahmed has been a director since January
2004. Dr. Ahmed has been Chief Executive Officer
and a member of the board of directors of Sonus Networks, Inc.,
a provider of
voice-over-IP
infrastructure solutions, since November 1998 and Chairman of
Sonus Networks’ board of directors since April 2004. He was
also President of Sonus Networks from November 1998 to April
2004. Dr. Ahmed holds a B.S. in electrical engineering, an
M.S. in aerospace engineering from Carleton University and a
Ph.D. in electrical engineering from Stanford University.
Robert P. Badavas has been a director since March 2007.
Mr. Badavas has been the President and Chief Executive
Officer of TAC Worldwide, a contingent workforce company, since
December 2005, and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of TAC Worldwide from November 2003 to December 2005.
Prior to joining
TAC Worldwide, Mr. Badavas was Senior Principal and Chief
Operating Officer of Atlas Venture, a venture capital firm, from
September 2001 to September 2003. Mr. Badavas is a member
of the Board of Directors of Hercules Technology Growth Capital,
Inc., a publicly-traded specialty finance company.
Mr. Badavas holds a B.S. in accounting from Bentley College.
Gururaj Deshpande has been a director since May 2000.
Dr. Deshpande has served as Chairman of the Board of
Directors of Sycamore Networks, Inc., a telecommunications
equipment manufacturer, since 1998. Dr. Deshpande holds a
B.S. in electrical engineering from the Indian Institute of
Technology, an M.E. in electrical engineering from the
University of New Brunswick and a Ph.D. in data communications
from Queens University.
Paul J. Ferri has been a director since May 2000.
Mr. Ferri is a founding partner of Matrix Partners, a
venture capital firm, where he has been a General Partner since
February 1982. Mr. Ferri serves on the board of directors
of Sycamore Networks, Inc. and several privately-held companies.
Mr. Ferri holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from
Cornell University, an M.S. in electrical engineering from
Polytechnic Institute of New York and an M.B.A. from Columbia
University.
Steven Haley has been a director since December 2001.
Mr. Haley is the President of Snows Hill LLC, an asset
management firm he founded in July 2001. Since January 2006,
Mr. Haley has also served as President and Chief Operations
Officer at Xsigo Systems, which specializes in high technology
switching equipment. Mr. Haley holds a B.S. in marketing
from the University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Anthony S. Thornley has been a director since June 2007.
Mr. Thornley has been the Chief Financial Officer of KMF
Audio, Inc., a microphone company, since January 2007. From
February 2002 to July 2005, Mr. Thornley served as
President and Chief Operating Officer of Qualcomm Incorporated,
a wireless communication technology company. He previously
served as Qualcomm’s Chief Financial Officer since 1994
while also holding titles of Vice President, Senior Vice
President and Executive Vice President. Prior to joining
Qualcomm, Mr. Thornley worked for Nortel Networks, a
telecommunications equipment manufacturer, for sixteen years,
serving in various financial and information systems management
positions. Mr. Thornley is a director of Callaway Golf
Company, Cavium Networks and KMF Audio, Inc. Mr. Thornley
is also a director and secretary of Proximetry, Inc.
Mr. Thornley holds a B.S. in chemistry from the University
of Manchester, England.
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or
executive officers.
Board
Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. The
members of our board of directors were elected in compliance
with the provisions of our investor rights agreement. The board
composition provisions of our investor rights agreement will
terminate upon the closing of this offering and there will be no
further contractual obligations regarding the election of our
directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have
been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their
resignation or removal.
In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation
and by-laws that will become effective upon the closing of this
offering, our board of directors will be divided into three
classes, each of whose members will serve for staggered three
year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of
the classes will be divided as follows:
•
the class I directors will be Messrs. Haley and Verma
and Dr. Eyuboglu, and their term will expire at the annual
meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008;
•
the class II directors will be Messrs. Ahmed,
Deshpande and Thornley, and their term will expire at the annual
meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009; and
•
the class III directors will be Messrs. Badavas,
Battat and Ferri, and their term will expire at the annual
meeting of stockholders to be held in 2010.
Our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon
the closing of this offering provides that the authorized number
of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of
directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an
increase in the number of directors will be distributed between
the three classes so
that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of
one-third of the directors. This classification of the board of
directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes
in our control or management.
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that will become
effective upon the closing of this offering provide that our
directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our
stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of
directors. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of
directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be
elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of
stockholders in the year in which their term expires.
Director
Independence
Under Rule 4350 of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, a majority
of a listed company’s board of directors must be comprised
of independent directors within one year of listing. In
addition, NASDAQ Marketplace Rules require that, subject to
specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s
audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance
committees be independent and that audit committee members also
satisfy independence criteria set forth in
Rule 10A-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under
Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, a
director will only qualify as an “independent
director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board
of directors, that person does not have a relationship that
would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in
carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
In May and June 2007, our board of directors undertook a review
of the composition of our board of directors and its committees
and the independence of each director. Based upon information
requested from and provided by each director concerning their
background, employment and affiliations, including family
relationships, our board of directors has determined that none
of Messrs. Ahmed, Badavas, Deshpande, Ferri, Haley and
Thornley, representing six of our nine directors, has a
relationship that would interfere with the exercise of
independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a
director and that each of these directors is
“independent” as that term is defined under
Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. Our board
of directors also determined that Messrs. Badavas,
Deshpande and Thornley, who comprise our audit committee,
Messrs. Deshpande and Ferri, who comprise our compensation
committee and Messrs. Ahmed and Haley, who comprise our
nominating and corporate governance committee satisfy the
independence standards for such committees established by the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Marketplace
Rules, as applicable. In making such determination, the board of
directors considered the relationships that each such
non-employee director has with our company and all other facts
and circumstances the board of directors deemed relevant in
determining their independence.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance
committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been
approved by our board.
Audit Committee. The members of our audit
committee are Messrs. Badavas, Deshpande and Thornley.
Mr. Badavas chairs the audit committee. Our audit committee
assists our board of directors in its oversight of the integrity
of our financial statements and our independent registered
public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and
performance.
Our audit committee’s responsibilities include:
•
appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the
independence of our independent registered public accounting
firm;
•
overseeing the work of our independent registered public
accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration
of reports from our independent registered public accounting
firm;
•
reviewing and discussing with management and our independent
registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly
financial statements and related disclosures;
•
monitoring our control over financial reporting, disclosure
controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;
establishing procedures for the receipt and retention of
accounting related complaints and concerns;
•
meeting independently with our independent registered public
accounting firm and management; and
•
preparing the audit committee report required by Securities and
Exchange Commission rules.
All audit services and all non-audit services, other than de
minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our
independent registered public accounting firm must be approved
in advance by our audit committee. Mr. Badavas is our audit
committee financial expert, as is currently defined in
Item 407(d)(5) of
Regulation S-K.
Compensation Committee. The members of our
compensation committee are Messrs. Deshpande and Ferri.
Mr. Deshpande chairs the compensation committee. Our
compensation committee assists the board of directors in the
discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation
of our executive officers.
reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to the board
of directors with respect to, the compensation of our chief
executive officer and our other executive officers;
•
overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;
•
reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors
with respect to management succession planning;
•
reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors
with respect to director compensation; and
•
preparing the compensation committee report required by
Securities and Exchange Commission rules.
Prior to establishing the compensation committee, our full board
of directors made decisions relating to the compensation of our
executive officers.
Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee. The members of our nominating and
corporate governance committee are Messrs. Ahmed and Haley.
Mr. Ahmed chairs the nominating and corporate governance
committee.
Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s
responsibilities include:
•
identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board
of directors;
•
recommending to our board of directors the persons to be
nominated for election as directors and to each of the board of
director’s committees;
•
developing and recommending to our board of directors corporate
governance guidelines; and
•
overseeing a periodic evaluation of our board of directors.
Director
Compensation
During fiscal 2006, none of our directors received any
compensation for service as a member of our board of directors
or board committees and only received reimbursement for
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with attending our board and
committee meetings.
On March 12, 2002, we issued to Mr. Haley
75,018 shares of restricted common stock for a purchase
price of $1.07 per share. Twenty percent of the shares of common
stock subject to this award vested and became free from
forfeiture on December 13, 2002 and the remaining 80% of
the shares vest and become free from forfeiture in 16 equal
quarterly installments beginning on March 13, 2003. On
January 21, 2004, we issued to Mr. Ahmed
75,018 shares of restricted common stock for a purchase
price of $1.07 per share. Twenty percent of the shares of common
stock subject to this award vested and became free from
forfeiture on January 21, 2005 and the remaining 80% of the
shares vest and become free from forfeiture in 16 equal
quarterly installments beginning on April 21, 2005. On
March 22, 2007, we granted Mr. Badavas an option to
purchase 75,018 shares of our common stock with an exercise
price equal to $7.07 per share, the fair market value of
our common stock on that date as determined by our board of
directors. Twenty percent of the shares of common stock subject
to this option vest on the first
anniversary of the date of grant and the remaining 80% of the
shares vest in equal quarterly installments over the succeeding
four years. On June 21, 2007, we granted Mr. Thornley
an option to purchase 37,509 shares of our common stock
with an exercise price equal to $7.76 per share, the fair
market value of our common stock on that date as determined by
our board of directors. Twenty-five percent of the shares of
common stock subject to this option vest on the first
anniversary of the date of grant and an additional 6.25% of the
shares vest at the end of each successive three-month period
following the first anniversary of the date of grant until the
fourth anniversary of the date of grant.
The following table shows the aggregate number of unvested
shares of restricted stock held by our directors as of
December 31, 2006:
Unvested Shares of
Name
Restricted Stock (#)
Hassan Ahmed
33,758
Our board of directors approved the grant of an option to
purchase 37,509 shares of our common stock to each of
Messrs. Deshpande and Ferri on the effective date of our
registration statement relating to this offering. The exercise
price of the options to be granted to Messrs. Deshpande and
Ferri shall be equal to initial public offering price of our
common stock in this offering. Subject to continued service of
the grantee as a director, these options will vest with respect
to 25% of the shares underlying each option on the first
anniversary of the date of grant and with respect to an
additional 6.25% of the shares underlying each option at the end
of each three-month period thereafter until the fourth
anniversary of the date of grant and, in the event of a change
in control of us, the vesting schedule of each option will
accelerate in full.
In May 2007, our board of directors approved a compensation
program for non-employee directors. Effective upon the closing
of this offering, we will pay each non-employee director an
annual retainer of $20,000 for service as a director. Each
non-employee director other than committee chairpersons will
receive an additional annual fee of $5,000 for service on the
audit committee, $2,500 for service on the compensation
committee and $2,500 for service on the nominating and
governance committee. The chair of the audit committee will
receive an additional annual fee of $10,000, and the chair of
each of the compensation committee and the nominating and
governance committee will receive an additional annual fee of
$5,000. We will reimburse each non-employee member of our board
of directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection
with attending our board and committee meetings.
In addition, each non-employee director will receive an option
to purchase 37,509 shares of our common stock upon his or
her initial appointment or election to our board of directors.
These options will vest over a four-year period, with 25% of the
shares underlying the option vesting on the first anniversary of
the date of grant and an additional 6.25% of the shares
underlying the option vesting at the end of each three-month
period thereafter, subject to the non-employee director’s
continued service as a director. In the event of a change of
control of us, the vesting schedule of the option will
accelerate in full. The exercise price of these options will be
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of grant.
Each non-employee director will also receive an option to
purchase 18,754 shares of our common stock on the date of
the first meeting of our board of directors held after each
annual meeting of stockholders, provided such non-employee
director has served on our board of directors for at least six
months. These options will vest with respect to 50% of the
shares underlying the option on the first anniversary of the
date of grant and with respect to an additional 12.5% of the
shares underlying the option at the end of each three-month
period thereafter until the second anniversary of the date of
grant and, in the event of a change in control of us, the
vesting schedule of the option will accelerate in full. The
exercise price of these options will be equal to the fair market
value of our common stock on the date of grant. Mr. Badavas
will not receive an annual option grant until the first meeting
of our board of directors held after the annual meeting of
stockholders in 2009.
The primary objectives of our compensation committee and our
board of directors with respect to executive compensation are to
attract, retain and motivate executives who make important
contributions to the achievement of our business objectives and
to align the incentives of our executives with the creation of
value for our stockholders. The compensation committee expects
to implement and maintain compensation plans to achieve these
objectives. These plans and our compensation policies combine
base salary and standard benefits as well as cash bonuses and
equity incentives. Annual incentive cash bonuses are tied to
company performance goals, which are comprised of financial,
strategic and operational objectives, and departmental goals,
which are based upon specified activities appropriate to the
individual. In determining total compensation, we do not have an
exact formula for allocating between cash and non-cash
compensation. We try, however, to balance long-term equity and
short-term cash compensation by offering reasonable base
salaries and opportunities for growth through our stock option
and other equity incentive programs. We intend to implement
total compensation packages for our executive officers in line
with the median competitive levels of comparable public
companies.
Our current executive compensation policies and objectives were
developed by our compensation committee and, based on their
recommendation, implemented by our board of directors. The board
of directors has recently amended our compensation committee
charter delegating authority to the compensation committee to
oversee our incentive compensation program. The compensation
committee consists of two independent directors. One of the
roles of the compensation committee under its new charter is to
review and approve annually all compensation decisions relating
to our executive officers.
To assist the compensation committee in discharging its
responsibilities, in the fourth quarter of 2006, the
compensation committee retained an independent compensation
consultant, Wilson Group, Inc., to evaluate certain aspects of
our compensation practices and provide general information
relating to compensation practices in our industry. To provide
the compensation committee with additional information regarding
industry compensation, the Wilson Group collected data and
calculated a summary compensation composite for our positions
that matched a specified position in the following published
market surveys: the Radford Executive, the Radford Benchmark,
SIRS, TSG Management, Culpepper and Watson Wyatt Top Management.
These surveys included companies with under
1,000 employees, primarily in the high technology sector,
with annual revenues generally ranging from $50.0 million
to $200.0 million, some of which were located in the New
England region. The purpose of the study was to provide our
compensation committee with current information regarding the
competitiveness of our total cash compensation, which includes
salary and bonus, compared to the market data presented in the
summary composite. Equity compensation was excluded from this
study. The study compared the estimated total cash compensation
to be paid to certain of our executive officers in 2006 to the
median compensation of each matching position in the composite
group, expressed as a percentage of the market. The study
indicated that when comparing the median total cash compensation
of the composite group in the 50th percentile to
compensation to be paid to our positions that matched positions
in the composite group, three of our executive officers were
below the median (Mr. Battat -27%, Mr. Glidden -12%
and Dr. Eyuboglu -10%) and four were above the median
(Mr. Nowicki +19%, Mr. Parajes +13%, Mr. Rau +23%
and Mr. Verma +25%). The compensation committee factored
this market data into its overall compensation analysis, decided
not to change the annual cash incentive bonus targets for our
executive officers and recommended increased annual base
salaries as of April 1, 2007 for the following executive
officers: Mr. Battat, $320,000; Mr. Glidden, $230,000;
Dr. Eyuboglu, $250,000; Mr. Rau, $215,000; and
Mr. Verma, $235,000, representing an increase in the base
salaries to be paid to these officers by an average of 12%.
Given Mr. Nowicki’s recent commencement of employment
with us in November 2006 and Mr. Parajes’
commission-focused compensation structure, the compensation
committee decided that no salary increases were warranted for
these officers.
Other than our retention of the Wilson Group in 2006, we have
not retained any other compensation consultant to review our
policies and procedures relating to executive compensation.
Going forward we expect that our compensation committee will
continue to engage a compensation consulting firm to provide
advice and resources to our compensation committee.
Executive compensation consists of the following elements:
•
base salaries,
•
cash bonuses,
•
equity incentive awards, and
•
benefits and other compensation.
Base Salaries. Base salaries are used to
recognize the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities
required of all our employees, including our executives. Base
salaries for our executives typically have been set in our offer
letter to the executive at the outset of employment. None of our
executives are currently party to employment agreements that
provide for automatic or scheduled increases in base salary.
However, from time to time in the discretion of our board of
directors, following recommendations of our compensation
committee, and consistent with our incentive compensation
program objectives, base salaries for our executives, together
with other components of compensation, are evaluated for
adjustment based on an assessment of an executive’s
performance and compensation trends in our industry.
During the fourth quarter of 2006, our board of directors
engaged an independent compensation consultant to assist in an
evaluation of executive compensation. After factoring in the
results of that evaluation, our board of directors, following
recommendations of our compensation committee, increased annual
base salaries as of April 1, 2007 for our named executive
officers as follows: Mr. Battat, $320,000;
Mr. Glidden, $230,000; Dr. Eyuboglu, $250,000; and Mr.
Rau, $215,000. The decision to increase salaries was based in
part upon the findings of the independent consultant who
compared the total cash compensation by executive position at
other companies in our industry and related industries. While
taking into account that base salary is only one component of
our executive compensation, our board of directors concluded
that the annual cash incentive bonus targets for our executive
officers were appropriate and for purposes of retention, base
salaries for our executive officers should be increased to be
more competitive with other companies in our industry and
related industries. For fiscal 2007, we increased the base
salaries paid to these named executive officers by an average of
17%.
Annual Incentive Cash Bonuses. We use annual
incentive cash bonuses to motivate our named executive officers
to achieve and exceed specified goals. The level of bonus pay
for any named executive officer is recommended by the
compensation committee, approved by the board of directors and
is related to the achievement of company performance goals,
which are comprised of financial, operational and strategic
objectives, and departmental goals, which are tailored to
specified activities appropriate to the individual role
fulfilled by the named executive officer within our
organization. In 2006, our board of directors approved specific
company-related performance goals and departmental goals upon
which the bonus of Mr. Battat and our other named executive
officers would be determined. These company performance
objectives consisted of: sales, operating income and cash flow
targets; product development milestones; new customers and
strategic objectives. Our 2006 departmental goals, which are
detailed below, were designed to balance strategic and tactical
objectives for each named executive officer. The departmental
goals are intended to be the result of a sustained focused
effort on the part of each named executive officer, and it is
our expectation that, in normal circumstances, each named
executive officer would achieve substantially all of their
goals, and may overachieve a subset of those goals.
Annual cash incentive bonus targets are set by the compensation
committee as a percentage of each named executive’s base
salary. For Mr. Battat, in 2006, this target percentage was
35% of base salary, and will remain at 35% in 2007. For our
other named executives, except for our Vice President, Worldwide
Sales and Technical Services, in 2006, it was 30% and will also
remain at that level in 2007. Mr. Battat’s bonus is
based entirely on the achievement of company performance goals,
while the bonuses of the other named executive officers, except
for our Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Technical Services,
are based 60% on the achievement of company performance goals
and 40% on the achievement of their respective departmental
goals. Our compensation plan also provides for an additional
bonus amount if stretch performance objectives are achieved.
Assuming that all company stretch performance objectives and all
departmental stretch objectives were met, Mr. Battat would
receive a bonus equal to 70% of his base salary, and the other
named executive officers, except for our Vice President,
Worldwide Sales and Technical Services, would receive a bonus
equal to 60% of their respective base salaries. Stretch
performance objectives are objectives that are set at levels
higher than target amounts established for each company and
departmental objective. Our compensation committee believes that
each stretch performance
objective is aggressive, but attainable by us and by each named
executive officer. The maximum annual cash incentive bonus for
any named executive officer is three times the predetermined
target percentage of base salary if the company and the named
executive officer exceed stretch performance objectives.
In determining Mr. Battat’s bonus for 2006, our board of
directors reviewed the company performance goals for 2006. In
judging the degree to which these goals were achieved, our board
of directors made qualitative and quantitative assessments of
performance for each goal, which assessments were then expressed
as a percentage of target achievement and then assigned a final
overall numerical percentage based on the weight given to each
goal. Specifically, our board of directors determined that we
had overachieved and had attained several stretch objectives
with respect to our sales and operating income targets, some of
our EV-DO product development milestones, and new customers, new
markets and new products. The board also concluded that we had
underachieved our revenue diversification goal. After blending
each of these assessments, our board of directors determined
that our company performance during 2006, expressed as a
weighted percentage, equaled a score of 160%. The board of
directors then multiplied 35% of Mr. Battat’s base
salary, or $84,700, by 160% to arrive at his annual incentive
bonus for the year. The board of directors also awarded
Mr. Battat an additional discretionary bonus of $14,480 in
recognition of his overall performance and leadership, resulting
in a total annual incentive bonus of $150,000.
In calculating the 2006 bonus for each of Messrs. Glidden
and Rau and Dr. Eyuboglu, our board of directors assessed
their performance in relation to each of their respective
departmental objectives. Mr. Glidden’s departmental
objectives consisted of negotiating and signing OEM and new
customer contracts, revenue forecasting and diversification,
developing and implementing internal controls and processes,
building financial community relationships, recruiting and
hiring key personnel and establishing employee performance and
development plans. Dr. Eyuboglu’s departmental
objectives consisted of development of our technology strategy,
creation of new product concepts and architectures, completion
of simulation systems, advancement of EV-DO standards,
acceptance of such standards by wireless operators and the
company-wide development of our patent portfolio.
Mr. Rau’s departmental objectives consisted of
delivering software releases by predetermined dates and
achievement of product development milestones.
Our board of directors determined that Mr. Glidden exceeded
his targets with respect to all but one departmental objective,
balanced against the lesser level of achievement relating to his
revenue diversification goal. The final score assigned to
Mr. Glidden’s departmental goal achievement was 115%,
which was then combined and weighted with the overall score of
160% assigned by our board of directors to the achievement of
company performance goals, resulting in an annual incentive
bonus of $90,000. Our board of directors determined that
Dr. Eyuboglu had overachieved and had attained several
stretch objectives, had achieved his target objective relating
to our product strategy development and had underachieved his
objective relating to our technology standards strategy. The
final score assigned to Dr. Eyuboglu’s departmental
goal achievement was 147%, which was then combined and weighted
with the overall company performance goal score, resulting in an
annual incentive bonus of $100,000. Our board of directors
determined that Mr. Rau had met or overachieved the
departmental objectives related to delivery of software releases
and achievement of several product development milestones, but
had a lesser level of achievement relating to a product
demonstration. The final score assigned to Mr. Rau’s
departmental goal achievement was 113%, which was then combined
and weighted with the overall company performance goal score,
resulting in an annual incentive bonus of $95,000.
Our Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Services,
Mr. Pajares, was not compensated on the same general basis
as our other named executive officers with respect to cash
bonuses in 2006. Instead, Mr. Pajares was entitled to
receive commissions, paid monthly, based on sales volume. He was
also entitled to a bonus based on predetermined strategic
objectives. In 2006, Mr. Pajares’s commission amount
was determined by multiplying the aggregate sales amount by a
fraction, the numerator of which was commission at quota, and
the denominator of which was assigned quota. There was no
maximum payout for sales commissions in 2006. Mr. Pajares
was also eligible for a target bonus of $102,000 based upon the
achievement of strategic objectives that consisted of new
customer acquisition, customer penetration with new products and
in new markets and revenue forecasting. Mr. Pajares was
paid commissions totaling $83,961 in 2006, and a bonus of
$120,870 based on an overachievement of his strategic objectives.
Equity Incentive Awards. Our equity award
program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives
to our executives. Our equity awards to executives have
typically been made in the form of stock options and, prior to
this offering, our executives were eligible to participate in
our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. Following the
completion of this offering, we will continue to grant our
executives stock-based awards pursuant to the 2007 Stock
Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the completion
of this offering. Under the 2007 Stock Plan, executives will be
eligible to receive grants of stock options, restricted stock
awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights
and other stock-based equity awards at the discretion of the
compensation committee.
Although we do not have any equity ownership guidelines for our
executives, we believe that equity grants provide our executives
with a direct link to our long-term performance, create an
ownership culture, and align the interests of our executives and
our stockholders. In addition, the vesting feature of our equity
grants should further our objective of executive retention
because this feature provides an incentive to our executives to
remain in our employ during the vesting period. We believe that
the long-term performance of our business is improved through
the grant of stock-based awards so that the interests of our
executives are aligned with the creation of value for our
stockholders. In determining the size of equity grants to our
executives, our board of directors has considered comparative
share ownership of executives in our compensation peer group,
our company-level performance, the applicable executive’s
performance, the amount of equity previously awarded to the
executive, the vesting of such awards and the recommendations of
management.
We typically make an initial equity award of stock options to
new executives in connection with the start of their employment.
Grants of equity awards, including those to executives, are all
approved by our board of directors and are granted based on the
fair market value of our common stock. Historically, the equity
awards we have granted to our executives have vested as to 20%
of such awards at the end of the first year and in equal
quarterly installments over the succeeding four years. This
vesting schedule is consistent with the vesting of stock options
granted to other employees.
In 2006, following the recommendation of our compensation
committee, our board of directors approved new equity awards to
reestablish or bolster incentives to retain employees, including
executives who had been with us for at least one year. In
determining the equity awards for each of the executives set
forth on the table Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2006
below, our board of directors took into account company
performance and the applicable executive’s performance. In
2006, our board of directors granted Mr. Battat an option
to purchase 75,018 shares of our common stock. In addition,
our board of directors also granted to each of our other named
executive officers an option to purchase 37,509 shares of
our common stock, except for Mr. Glidden who joined us in
December 2005. At the discretion of our compensation committee,
we expect to continue to approve annually new equity awards to
our employees consistent with our incentive compensation program
objectives.
Also, in 2006 we engaged an independent business valuation firm
to assist our board of directors in determining the fair market
value of our common stock for purposes of equity grants.
Valuation reports were prepared by that firm as of November 2006
and the valuation data set forth in those reports were
considered by our board of directors in the determination of the
value of our common stock.
We do not have a program, plan or practice of selecting grant
dates for equity compensation to our executive officers in
coordination with the release of material non-public
information. Equity award grants are made from time to time in
the discretion of our board of directors consistent with our
incentive compensation program objectives.
Benefits and Other Compensation. We maintain
broad-based benefits that are provided to all employees,
including medical and dental insurance, life and disability
insurance and a 401(k) plan. Other benefits we offer to all
full-time employees include programs for job-related educational
assistance. Other than our patent bonus and employee referral
programs, which our corporate officers are not eligible to
participate, executives are eligible to participate in all of
our employee benefit plans, in each case on the same basis as
other full-time employees.
Tax
Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation in
excess of $1.0 million paid to our chief executive officer
and our four other most highly paid executive officers.
Qualifying performance-based compensation is not subject to the
deduction limitation if specified requirements are met. We
generally intend to structure the performance-based portion of
our executive compensation, when feasible, to comply with
exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the compensation
remains tax deductible to us. However, our board of directors
may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do
not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it
believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and
retain executive talent.
The following table sets forth information regarding
compensation earned by our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief
Financial Officer and each of our three other most highly
compensated executive officers during our fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006. We refer to these executive officers as
our named executive officers elsewhere in this prospectus.
Non-Equity
Option
Incentive Plan
All Other
Salary
Awards(1)
Compensation
Compensation(2)
Total
Name and Principal Position
($)
($)
($)
($)
($)
Randall S. Battat
231,000
38,808
150,000
(3)
923
420,731
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Jeffrey D. Glidden
202,750
53,976
90,000
(3)
119,707
(5)
466,433
Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer
Luis J. Pajares
186,500
26,271
204,831
(4)
814
418,416
Vice President, Worldwide Sales and
Services
Vedat M. Eyuboglu
210,000
15,420
100,000
(3)
1,213
326,633
Vice President, Chief Technical
Officer
Mark W. Rau
195,000
30,739
95,000
(3)
832
321,571
Vice President, Engineering
(1)
The amounts in this column
represent a portion of the aggregate grant date fair value of
the options granted to each named executive officer in fiscal
2006, computed in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R),
excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to
service-based vesting conditions. We arrive at these amounts by
taking the compensation cost for these options, calculated under
SFAS No. 123(R) on the date of grant, and recognize
this cost over the period in which the named executive officer
must provide services in order to earn the award, typically five
years. The amounts reported in this column include an aggregate
compensation expense of $110,245, resulting from requirements of
the Securities and Exchange Commission to report option grants
made prior to fiscal 2006 using the modified prospective
transition method pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R). Under
the modified prospective transition method, a portion of the
grant date fair value determined under SFAS No. 123 of
equity awards that are outstanding on January 2, 2006, the
date we adopted SFAS 123(R), is recognized in the financial
statements over those awards’ remaining vesting periods, if
any. The assumptions used by us with respect to the valuation of
option grants are set forth in Note 10 —
“The 2000 Stock Incentive Plan” to our financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The individual
awards reflected in the summary compensation table are
summarized below:
The option amounts do not reflect the adjustment to the number
of shares of common stock subject to stock options resulting
from the cash dividend on our capital stock that we paid in
April 2007. As a result of this dividend, the number of shares
of common stock issuable upon the exercise of each outstanding
stock option was adjusted by multiplying such number of shares
by 1.2326.
(2)
Amounts consist of medical and life
insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of each of the named
executive officers.
(3)
The amounts shown were paid to each
of Messrs. Battat, Glidden and Rau and Dr. Eyuboglu in
February 2007 for achievement during 2006 of specified corporate
performance and departmental objectives pursuant to our
management bonus plan.
(4)
The amount shown consists of sales
commissions earned by Mr. Pajares and payments to
Mr. Pajares upon the achievement of predetermined strategic
objectives during 2006.
(5)
Includes $118,086 representing the
difference between the fair market value of the shares of
Series D preferred stock purchased by Mr. Glidden in
January 2006 and the purchase price that he paid for such shares.
The following table sets forth information regarding grants of
awards made to our named executive officers during the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2006:
All Other
Option
Awards:
Estimated Future Payouts
Number of
Exercise or
Grant Date
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Securities
Base Price
Fair Value
Plan
Awards(1)
Underlying
of Option
of Option
Grant
Threshold
Target
Maximum
Options
Awards
Awards
Name
Date
($)
($)
($)
(#)(2)(3)
($/Sh)(2)
($)(4)
Randall S. Battat
1/23/2006
—
84,700
254,100
—
—
—
President and
8/21/2006
—
—
—
75,018
3.00
249,450
Chief Executive Officer
Jeffrey D. Glidden
1/23/2006
—
61,500
184,500
—
—
—
Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
Luis J. Pajares
1/23/2006
—
170,000
(5)
—
—
—
Vice President,
8/21/2006
—
—
—
37,509
3.00
124,725
Worldwide Sales and Services
Vedat M. Eyuboglu
1/23/2006
—
64,500
193,500
—
—
—
Vice President,
8/21/2006
—
—
—
37,509
3.00
124,725
Chief Technical Officer
Mark W. Rau
1/23/2006
—
61,500
184,500
—
—
—
Vice President, Engineering
8/21/2006
—
—
—
37,509
3.00
124,725
(1)
For fiscal 2007, our company
performance goals fall in the following weighted categories:
achieving certain financial targets including product and
service billings and cash flow; meeting product development
schedules, acquiring new customers and developing new market
segments; and meeting strategic goals. Each named executive
officer, except our CEO whose bonus is based 100% on achieving
company performance goals, also has departmental goals for the
year which are designed to contribute to the achievement of our
company performance goals.
(2)
The option amounts and exercise
prices do not reflect adjustments to the number of shares of
common stock subject to stock options and related exercise
prices resulting from the cash dividend on our capital stock
that we paid in April 2007. As a result of this dividend, the
exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of each outstanding stock option was adjusted
by multiplying such numbers by 0.8113 and 1.2326, respectively.
(3)
In determining the exercise price
for the options granted to each of Messrs. Battat, Pajares and
Rau and Dr. Eyuboglu, our board of directors considered our
financial results for the first half of fiscal 2006 and the
continued progress of our new product development, including our
ipBTS base station and our universal access gateway. On
December 13, 2005, we granted to Jeffrey D. Glidden an
option to purchase 525,131 shares of common stock with an
exercise price of $2.67 per share. In determining the
exercise price for the option granted to Mr. Glidden, we
considered the sales outlook for our Rev 0 products for the
first half of fiscal 2006, the uncertainty of the adoption of
our technology in foreign markets and the challenges we faced in
diversifying our business. In addition, with respect to each of
the grants discussed above, our board of directors primarily
considered the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such
as an initial public offering or sale of our company, and also
considered the liquidation preferences, dividend rights and
voting control attributable to our then-outstanding convertible
preferred stock.
(4)
Amounts represent the total grant
date fair value of stock options granted in fiscal 2006 under
SFAS No. 123(R). The assumptions used by us with
respect to the valuation of option grants are set forth in
Note 10 — “The 2000 Stock Incentive
Plan” to our financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
(5)
The estimated future payout is
based on sales commissions and the achievement of predetermined
strategic objectives. There is no maximum payout for sales
commissions.
The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding
stock options held by our named executive officers at
December 31, 2006:
Number of
Number of
Securities
Securities
Underlying
Underlying
Unexercised
Unexercised
Option
Options
Options
Exercise
Option
(#)
(#)
Price
Expiration
Name
Exercisable(1)
Unexercisable(1)
($)(1)
Date
Randall S. Battat
206,301
168,792
1.34
3/1/2014
President and Chief Executive
Officer
—
75,018
(3)
3.00
8/20/2016
Jeffrey D. Glidden
105,026
420,105
(4)
2.67
12/12/2015
Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer
Luis J. Pajares
501,688
225,056
(5)
1.07
6/2/2013
Vice President, Worldwide Sales
and Services
—
37,509
(3)
3.00
8/20/2016
Vedat M. Eyuboglu
84,396
103,150
(2)
1.34
3/1/2014
Vice President, Chief Technical
Officer
—
37,509
(3)
3.00
8/20/2016
Mark W. Rau
168,792
206,301
(6)
1.87
10/27/2014
Vice President, Engineering
—
37,509
(3)
3.00
8/20/2016
(1)
The option amounts and exercise
prices do not reflect adjustments to the number of shares of
common stock subject to stock options and related exercise
prices resulting from the cash dividend on our capital stock
that we paid in April 2007. As a result of this dividend, the
exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of each outstanding stock option was adjusted
by multiplying such numbers by 0.8113 and 1.2326, respectively.
(2)
Twenty percent of the shares
underlying this option vested on March 2, 2005 and the
remaining 80% of the shares underlying this option continued to
vest in 16 equal quarterly installments beginning on
June 2, 2005.
(3)
Twenty percent of the shares
underlying this option vest on August 21, 2007 and the
remaining 80% of the shares underlying this option vest in 16
equal quarterly installments beginning on November 21, 2007.
(4)
Twenty percent of the shares
underlying this option vested on December 12, 2006 and the
remaining 80% of the shares underlying this option continued to
vest in 16 equal quarterly installments beginning on
March 12, 2007.
(5)
Twenty percent of the shares
underlying this option vested on July 28, 2003 and the
remaining 80% of the shares underlying this option continued to
vest in 16 equal quarterly installments beginning on
October 28, 2004.
(6)
Twenty percent of the shares
underlying this option vested on September 14, 2005 and the
remaining 80% of the shares underlying this option continued to
vest in 16 equal quarterly installments beginning on
December 14, 2005.
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table sets forth information regarding options
exercised by our named executive officers during the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2006:
Option Awards
Number of Shares
Value Realized
Name
Acquired on Exercise (#)
on Exercise
($)(1)
Randall S. Battat
—
—
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Jeffrey D. Glidden
—
—
Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer
Luis J. Pajares
23,443
153,551
Vice President, Worldwide Sales
and Services
Vedat M. Eyuboglu
—
—
Vice President, Chief Technical
Officer
Mark W. Rau
—
—
Vice President, Engineering
(1)
There was no public market for our
common stock in June 2006 when the options were exercised. For
purposes of this table, the value realized has been calculated
by taking the fair market value of our common stock on
December 31, 2006, or $7.62 per share, less the per
share exercise price, or $1.07 per share, multiplied by the
number of stock options exercised. The assumptions used by us
with respect to the valuation of option grants are set forth in
Note 10 — “The 2000 Stock Incentive
Plan” to our financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. These shares are subject to the terms of the
related stock option agreement.
Employment,
Severance and Change of Control Arrangements
We do not have formal employment agreements with any of our
named executive officers. The initial compensation of our named
executive officers was set forth in an offer letter that we
executed with each of them at the time their employment with us
commenced. Each offer letter provides that the executive
officer’s employment with us is on an at-will basis. Other
than the change in control and severance benefits provided in
our offer letter with Mr. Glidden, none of our named
executive officers is currently party to a change in control or
severance agreement with us. Pursuant to the terms of our
standard incentive stock option agreement, each of our executive
officers and other employees who holds an incentive stock option
is entitled to accelerated vesting of 30% of the original number
of shares subject to such option immediately prior to the
effective date of an acquisition, which would accelerate the
final vesting date of such option by 18 months. In our
offer letter with Mr. Glidden, we agreed that in connection
with an acquisition and a reduction in his responsibilities or
termination of employment with or without cause, his initial
option to purchase 525,131 shares of common stock would be
accelerated as to 40% of the original number of shares subject
to such option and the final vesting date would be accelerated
by 24 months. Assuming acceleration of
Mr. Glidden’s outstanding stock options as of
December 31, 2006, and assuming a price per share of our
common stock of $7.62, which is the fair market value of our
common stock on such date, the value realized upon exercise of
the 210,052 additional accelerated options would be
approximately $1,039,757. In addition, in the event that we are
acquired and Mr. Glidden is terminated without cause in
connection with such acquisition, we have agreed to continue to
pay his salary and medical benefits for a period of six months
thereafter. If such an acquisition were to have occurred on
December 31, 2006, Mr. Glidden would have been
entitled to $18,289 per month in salary and benefits for a
six-month period, or $109,734 in the aggregate.
As a condition to their employment, each named executive officer
entered into a non-competition and non-solicitation agreement
and an invention and non-disclosure agreement. Under these
agreements, each named executive officer has agreed (i) not
to compete with us or to solicit our employees during their
employment and for a period of 18 months after the
termination of their employment and (ii) to protect our
confidential and proprietary information and to assign
intellectual property developed during the course of their
employment to us.
Employee
Benefit Plans
2000
Stock Incentive Plan
Our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, which we refer to as
the 2000 Stock Plan, was adopted by our board of directors and
approved by our stockholders in April 2000. A maximum of
23,406,012 shares of common stock are authorized for
issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan.
The 2000 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock
options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock and other
stock-based awards. Our officers, employees, consultants,
advisors and directors, and those of any subsidiaries, are
eligible to receive awards under the 2000 Stock Plan; however,
incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. In
accordance with the terms of the 2000 Stock Plan, our board of
directors administers the 2000 Stock Plan and, subject to any
limitations in the 2000 Stock Plan, selects the recipients of
awards and determines:
•
the number of shares of common stock covered by options and the
dates upon which those options become exercisable;
•
the exercise prices of options;
•
the duration of options;
•
the methods of payment of the exercise price; and
•
the number of shares of common stock subject to any restricted
stock or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions
of those awards, including the conditions for repurchase, issue
price and repurchase price.
Pursuant to the terms of the 2000 Stock Plan, in the event of a
proposed liquidation or dissolution of Airvana, our board of
directors shall provide that all unexercised options will become
exercisable in full at least 10 business
days prior to the liquidation or dissolution and will terminate
effective upon the liquidation or dissolution, except to the
extent exercised before such effective date. Our board may
specify the effect of a liquidation or dissolution on any
restricted stock award or other award granted under the 2000
Stock Plan at the time of the grant of such award.
In the event of a merger or other reorganization event, our
board of directors shall provide that all of our outstanding
options shall be assumed or equivalent options shall be
substituted by the successor corporation. If the acquirer does
not agree to assume, or substitute for, such options, then our
board shall provide that all unexercised options will become
exercisable in full prior to completion of the reorganization
event, and will terminate if not exercised prior to such time.
If under the terms of the reorganization event holders of our
common stock receive cash for their shares, our board may
instead provide for a cash-out of the value of any outstanding
options less the applicable exercise price. In addition, if a
merger or other reorganization event occurs, our repurchase and
other rights with respect to shares of restricted stock will
inure to the benefit of our successor and will apply equally to
the cash, securities or other property into which our common
stock is then converted.
As of April 30, 2007, there were options to purchase
12,786,677 shares of common stock outstanding under the
2000 Stock Plan at a weighted average exercise price of
$1.82 per share, 1,759,702 shares of common stock
issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2000 Stock
Plan, and 7,319,913 shares of common stock originally
issued as restricted stock awards under the 2000 Stock Plan,
30,006 of which were subject to repurchase by us upon
termination of the holder’s service. As of April 30,2007, there were 1,539,720 shares of common stock reserved
for future issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan. After the
effective date of the 2007 Stock Plan described below, we will
grant no further stock options or other awards under the 2000
Stock Plan; however, any shares of common stock reserved for
issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan that remain available for
issuance and any shares of common stock subject to awards under
the 2000 Stock Plan that expire, terminate, or are otherwise
surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased without having
been fully exercised or resulting in any common stock being
issued shall be rolled into the 2007 Stock Plan up to a
specified number of shares.
2007
Stock Incentive Plan
Our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2007
Stock Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in May 2007
and approved by our stockholders in June 2007. The 2007 Stock
Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options,
non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards and other
stock-based awards. The number of shares of common stock that
may be issued under the 2007 Stock Plan shall equal the sum of
11,252,813 shares of common stock, any shares of common
stock reserved for issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan that
remain available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan
immediately prior to the closing of this offering and any shares
of common stock subject to awards under the 2000 Stock Plan
which awards expire, terminate, or are otherwise surrendered,
canceled, forfeited or repurchased without having been fully
exercised; provided, however, that the maximum number of shares
of common stock that may initially be issued under the 2007
Stock Plan shall be 20,130,557, including the maximum number of
shares that may be rolled over upon expiration of the 2000 Stock
Plan.
In addition, our plan contains an “evergreen”
provision, which allows for an annual increase in the number of
shares available for issuance under the plan on the first day of
each fiscal year during the period beginning with fiscal year
2008 and ending on the second day of fiscal year 2017. The
annual increase in the number of shares shall be equal to the
lesser of:
•
5,626,406 shares;
•
5% of our outstanding shares on the first day of the fiscal
year; or
•
an amount determined by our board of directors.
In accordance with the terms of the 2007 Stock Plan, our board
of directors has authorized our compensation committee to
administer the 2007 Stock Plan. In accordance with the
provisions of the 2007 Stock Plan, our compensation committee
will select the recipients of awards and determine:
•
the number of shares of common stock covered by options and the
dates upon which the options become exercisable;
the number of shares of common stock subject to any restricted
stock or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions
of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price
and repurchase price.
The maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to
which awards may be granted to any participant under the 2007
Stock Plan during any fiscal year is 1,875,468 shares.
Except as our board of directors may otherwise determine or
provide in an award, awards shall not be sold, assigned,
transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to
whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of
law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or,
other than in the case of an incentive stock option, pursuant to
a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of
the participant, shall be exercisable only by the participant.
Upon a merger or other reorganization event, our board of
directors, may, in their sole discretion, take any one or more
of the following actions pursuant to our 2007 Stock Plan, as to
some or all outstanding awards:
•
provide that all outstanding awards shall be assumed or
substituted by the successor corporation;
•
upon written notice to a participant, provide that the
participant’s unexercised options or awards will terminate
immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless
exercised by the participant;
•
provide that outstanding awards will become exercisable,
realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an
award will lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon the
reorganization event;
•
in the event of a merger pursuant to which holders of our common
stock will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in
the merger, make or provide for a cash payment to the
participants equal to the difference between the merger price
times the number of shares of our common stock subject to such
outstanding awards (to the extent then exercisable at prices not
in excess of the merger price), and the aggregate exercise price
of all such outstanding awards, in exchange for the termination
of such awards; and
•
provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution,
awards convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds.
Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a
liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights
under each outstanding restricted stock award will continue for
the benefit of the successor company and will, unless the board
of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash,
securities or other property into which our common stock is
converted pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the
occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or
dissolution, all conditions on each outstanding restricted stock
award will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied,
unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the
restricted stock award.
No award may be granted under the 2007 Stock Plan after
May 21, 2017, but the vesting and effectiveness of awards
granted before that date may extend beyond that date. Our board
of directors may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding
award, provided that the consent of a holder of an outstanding
award is required unless our board of directors determines that
the amendment, modification or termination would not materially
and adversely affect the holder. Our board of directors may at
any time amend, suspend or terminate the 2007 Stock Plan, except
that, to the extent determined by our board of directors, no
amendment requiring stockholder approval under any applicable
legal, regulatory or listing requirement will become effective
until the requisite stockholder approval is obtained.
401(k)
Plan
We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides all
regular employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on
a tax-advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) plan, participants may
elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax
basis and have it contributed to the plan subject to applicable
annual Internal Revenue Code limits. Pre-tax contributions are
allocated to each participant’s individual account and are
then invested in
selected investment alternatives according to the
participants’ directions. Employee elective deferrals are
fully vested at all times. The 401(k) plan allows for matching
contributions to be made by us and, for fiscal 2007, we match
50% of employee contributions of the first 4% of their eligible
compensation. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions
to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not
taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan
and all contributions are deductible by us when made.
Limitation
of Liability and Indemnification
Our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon
the closing of this offering limits the personal liability of
directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our
certificate of incorporation provides that no director will have
personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a
director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit
the liability of any of our directors:
•
for any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
•
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
•
for voting or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends or
other distributions; or
•
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not
eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of
any act or failure to act, or any cause of action, suit or claim
that would accrue or arise prior to any amendment or repeal or
adoption of an inconsistent provision. If the Delaware General
Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on
the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the
personal liability of our directors will be further limited to
the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law.
In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that we
must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance
expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and
officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very
limited exceptions.
In addition to the indemnification provided for in our
certificate of incorporation, we expect to enter into separate
indemnification agreements with each of our directors and
executive officers that may be broader than the specific
indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General
Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements may require
us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive
officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees,
judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director
or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of
his or her service as one of our directors or executive
officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or
enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.
We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to
attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors
and executive officers.
There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of
our directors or executive officers to which indemnification is
required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened
litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for
indemnification.
We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers
certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of
claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as
directors or officers.
Rule 10b5-1
Sales Plans
Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans,
known as
Rule 10b5-1
plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell
shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a
Rule 10b5-1
plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters
established by the director or officer when entering into the
plan, without further direction from them. The director or
officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances.
Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell
additional shares outside of a
Rule 10b5-1
plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic
information.
Since December 29, 2003, we have engaged in the following
transactions with our directors and executive officers and
holders of more than 5% of our voting securities and affiliates
of our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders. We
believe that all of the transactions described below were made
on terms no less favorable to us than could have been obtained
from unaffiliated third parties.
Sale of
Preferred Stock to Executive Officer
On January 27, 2006, we issued 298,953 shares of our
series D preferred stock to Jeffrey D. Glidden, our
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, at a price per
share of $3.345 for an aggregate purchase price of $999,997.79.
Upon the closing of this offering, these shares will convert
automatically into 224,270 shares of our common stock.
Qualcomm
Incorporated
In April 2004, we entered into an agreement with Qualcomm
Incorporated pursuant to which we licensed software for use in
our development of infrastructure equipment. We also have a
supply and distribution agreement with Qualcomm relating to our
ipBTS products.
We paid Qualcomm an aggregate of $8.3 million in fiscal
2004, $2.8 million in fiscal 2005, $1.1 million in
fiscal 2006 and $0.2 million in the first quarter of fiscal
2007 in up-front license payments, royalties and component
purchases under our license and supply agreements with Qualcomm.
In fiscal 2004, Qualcomm paid us approximately $47,000 for
certain consulting services.
Registration
Rights
The holders of our preferred stock, the holders of outstanding
warrants and our founders have the right to demand that we file
a registration statement or request that their shares be covered
by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. These
rights are provided under the terms of a second amended and
restated investor rights agreement we entered into on
February 8, 2002, as amended, with these holders, which
include some of our directors, executive officers and holders of
more than five percent of our voting securities and their
affiliates. For a more detailed description of these
registration rights, see “Description of Capital
Stock — Registration Rights.”
Indemnification
Agreements
Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the
closing of this offering provides that we will indemnify our
directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware law. In addition, we expect to enter into
indemnification agreements with each of our directors and
executive officers that may be broader in scope that the
specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware
General Corporation Law. For more information regarding these
agreements, see “Management — Limitation of
Liability and Indemnification.”
Policies
and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
In May 2007, our board of directors adopted written policies and
procedures for the review of any transaction, arrangement or
relationship in which we are a participant, the amount involved
exceeds $120,000, and one of our executive officers, directors,
director nominees or 5% stockholders (or their immediate family
members), each of whom we refer to as a “related
person,” has a direct or indirect material interest.
If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction,
arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a
“related person transaction,” the related person must
report the proposed related person transaction to our general
counsel. The policy calls for the proposed related person
transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved
by our audit committee. Whenever practicable, the reporting,
review and approval will occur prior to entry into the
transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable,
the audit committee will review, and, in its discretion, may
ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits
the chairman of the audit committee to review and, if deemed
appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that
arise between committee
meetings, subject to ratification by the audit committee at its
next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing
in nature will be reviewed annually.
A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be
considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the audit
committee after full disclosure of the related person’s
interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the
circumstances, the audit committee will review and consider:
•
the related person’s interest in the related person
transaction;
•
the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the
related person transaction;
•
the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related
person’s interest in the transaction without regard to the
amount of any profit or loss;
•
whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of
our business;
•
whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to us
than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third
party;
•
the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the
transaction; and
•
any other information regarding the related person transaction
or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction
that would be material to investors in light of the
circumstances of the particular transaction.
The audit committee may approve or ratify the transaction only
if the audit committee determines that, under all of the
circumstances, the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent
with, our best interests. The audit committee may impose any
conditions on the related person transaction that it deems
appropriate.
In addition to the transactions that are excluded by the
instructions to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s
related person transaction disclosure rule, our board of
directors has determined that the following transactions do not
create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of
related persons and, therefore, are not related person
transactions for purposes of this policy:
•
interests arising solely from the related person’s position
as an executive officer of another entity (whether or not the
person is also a director of such entity), that is a participant
in the transaction, where (a) the related person and all
other related persons own in the aggregate less than a 10%
equity interest in such entity, (b) the related person and
his or her immediate family members are not involved in the
negotiation of the terms of the transaction and do not receive
any special benefits as a result of the transaction, and
(c) the amount involved in the transaction equals less than
the greater of $200,000 or 5% of the annual gross revenues of
the company receiving payment under the transaction; and
The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of
executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by the
compensation committee in the manner specified in its charter.
Previous related person transactions were not subject to this
policy but similar factors were considered prior to their
approval.
The following table sets forth information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of April 30,2007 by:
•
each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our
common stock;
•
each of our directors;
•
each of our named executive officers; and
•
all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is
determined under rules issued by the Securities and Exchange
Commission and includes voting or investment power with respect
to securities. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes
any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or
shared voting power or investment power. The percentage of
common stock beneficially owned by each person before the
offering is based on 55,069,555 shares of common stock
outstanding on April 30, 2007, assuming the conversion of
all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred
stock into 40,624,757 shares of common stock. Shares of
common stock that may be acquired within 60 days after
April 30, 2007 pursuant to exercise of options or warrants
are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the
percentage ownership but are not deemed to be outstanding for
computing the percentage ownership of any other person shown in
the table. The shares issuable upon the exercise of stock
options reflect the adjustment to the number of shares of common
stock subject to outstanding stock options resulting from the
cash dividend on our capital stock that we paid in April 2007.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all listed
stockholders is c/o Airvana, Inc, 19 Alpha Road,
Chelmsford, Massachusetts01824. Each of the stockholders listed
has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares
beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise,
subject to community property laws where applicable.
Percentage of Common Stock
Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
Beneficially
Before
After
Name and Address of Beneficial
Owner
Owned
Offering
Offering
5% Stockholders:
Entities affiliated with Matrix
Partners(1)
19,600,349
35.6
%
Bay Colony Corporate Center
1000 Winter Street, Suite 4500 Waltham, MA02451
Consists of 8,200,968 shares
held by Matrix Partners VI, L.P., 5,808,484 shares held by
Matrix Partners VII, L.P., 2,735,953 shares held by Matrix
VI Parallel Partnership-A L.P., 916,579 shares held by
Matrix VI Parallel Partnership-B, L.P., 1,929,639 shares
held by Weston & Co. VI LLC, as nominee, and
8,726 shares held by Weston & Co. VII LLC, as
nominee. Paul J. Ferri, a member of our board of directors,
is a managing member of Matrix VI Management Co., L.L.C., the
general partner of each of Matrix Partners VI, L.P., Matrix
Partners VI Parallel Partnership-A, L.P. and Matrix Partners VI
Parallel Partnership-B, L.P., which we refer to collectively as
the Matrix VI Funds, and Matrix VII Management Co., L.L.C., the
general partner of Matrix Partners VII, L.P., which we refer to,
together with the Matrix VI Funds, as the Matrix Funds.
Mr. Ferri has sole voting and dispositive power with
respect to the shares held by the Matrix Funds. Mr. Ferri
disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the
extent of his pecuniary interest. Each of Weston & Co.
VI LLC and Weston & Co. VII LLC, which we refer to
collectively as Weston, is a nominee for certain beneficial
owners. Mr. Ferri is authorized by the sole member of
Weston to take any action with respect to the shares held by
Weston as directed by the underlying beneficial owners.
Mr. Ferri does not have voting or dispositive power with
respect to such shares.
(2)
Includes 4,118,467 shares held
by Unicorn Trust, 1,047,042 shares held by Unicorn
Trust III and 545,574 shares held by Unicorn
Trust V, over which Mr. Deshpande, as trustee, has
sole voting and dispositive power. Mr. Deshpande disclaims
beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his
pecuniary interest. Also includes 2,588,145 shares held by
the Deshpande Irrevocable Trust over which
Mr. Deshpande’s spouse, as trustee, has sole voting
and dispositive power, and 205,306 shares held by GJD
Capital LLC, of which Mr. Deshpande holds a 50% interest.
Mr. Deshpande disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest.
(3)
Consists of 256,049 shares held by
Matrix Capital Management Fund (Offshore) Ltd., 74,568 shares
held by Matrix Capital Management Fund II, L.P. and 3,166,030
shares held by Matrix Capital Management Fund, L.P. David Goel
has sole voting and dispositive power over such shares.
(4)
Consists of 8,200,968 shares
held by Matrix Partners VI, L.P., 5,808,484 shares held by
Matrix Partners VII, L.P., 2,735,953 shares held by Matrix
VI Parallel Partnership-A L.P., and 916,579 shares held by
Matrix VI Parallel Partnership-B, L.P. As described in footnote
1, Mr. Ferri has sole voting and dispositive power with
respect to the shares held by the Matrix Funds. Mr. Ferri
disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the
extent of his pecuniary interest.
(5)
Includes 150,260 shares
issuable to Dr. Eyuboglu upon exercise of stock options,
375,093 shares held by Dr. Eyuboglu as trustee of the
Beaver Brook GV Trust, a qualified annuity trust,
743,154 shares held by Dr. Eyuboglu’s spouse,
Assia Eyuboglu, 375,093 shares held by Ms. Eyuboglu as
trustee of the Beaver Brook GA Trust, a qualified annuity trust,
and 225,056 shares held by Ms. Eyuboglu as trustee of
the Beaver Brook Irrevocable Trust. Dr. Eyuboglu has sole
voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held in
the Beaver Brook GV Trust. Ms. Eyuboglu has sole voting and
dispositive power with respect to the shares held in the Beaver
Brook GA Trust and the Beaver Brook Irrevocable Trust.
(6)
Includes 105,182 shares
issuable to Mr. Verma upon exercise of stock options,
375,093 shares held by Mr. Verma as trustee of the
C.H. Trust, a qualified annuity trust, 115,903 shares held
by Mr. Verma’s spouse, Girija Verma, and
337,584 shares held by Ms. Verma as trustee of the
Cape Himalaya Trust. Mr. Verma has sole voting and
dispositive power with respect to the shares held in the C.H.
Trust. Ms. Verma has sole voting and dispositive power with
respect to the shares held in the Cape Himalaya Trust.
(7)
Includes 300,521 shares
issuable to Mr. Battat upon exercise of stock options.
(8)
Includes 710,848 shares
issuable to Mr. Pajares upon exercise of stock options.
(9)
Consists of 194,182 shares
issuable to Mr. Glidden upon exercise of stock options and
224,270 shares held in the Jeffrey D. Glidden Nominee
Trust, over which Mr. Glidden has sole voting and
dispositive power.
(10)
Consists of 307,707 shares
held by Snows Hill LLC, of which Mr. Haley is the President.
(11)
Consists of shares issuable to
Mr. Rau upon exercise of stock options.
(12)
See footnotes 2 and 4 through
11 above. Includes an additional 374,719 shares,
107,494 shares of which are issuable upon exercise of stock
options.
Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital
stock will consist of 350,000,000 shares of common stock,
par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which
preferred stock will be undesignated. The following description
of our capital stock and provisions of our certificate of
incorporation and by-laws are summaries and are qualified by
reference to the certificate of incorporation and by-laws that
will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Copies
of these documents have been filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement,
of which this prospectus forms a part. The description of our
common stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will
occur upon the closing of this offering.
Common
Stock
As of April 30, 2007, there were 55,069,555 shares of
our common stock outstanding and held of record by approximately
300 stockholders, assuming the conversion of all
outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each
share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders,
except for certain amendments to our certificate of
incorporation that only affect holders of preferred stock, and
do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors
by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the
votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.
Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately
any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors,
subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of
preferred stock that is outstanding at the time of the dividend.
In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of
common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net
assets available for distribution to stockholders after the
payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the
prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of
common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or
conversion rights. Our outstanding shares of common stock are,
and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, when
issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders
of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by
the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred
stock that we may designate and issue in the future.
Preferred
Stock
Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation that will
become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of
directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of
preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder
approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine
the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including
voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption
privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of
preferred stock.
The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue
preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to
eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific
issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing
flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future
financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect
of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or
could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a
majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of
this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock
outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of
preferred stock.
Warrants
As of April 30, 2007, we had outstanding warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 33,335 shares of series B1
convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.17.
Effective upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will
become exercisable for 48,118 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of $4.28 per share. The holders of these
warrants have registration rights that are outlined below under
the heading “Registration Rights.”
As of April 30, 2007, we had outstanding options to purchase an
aggregate of 12,786,677 shares of common stock with a
weighted-average exercise price of $1.82 per share.
Registration
Rights
We entered into a second amended and restated investor rights
agreement, dated as of February 8, 2002, as amended, with
the holders of shares of our common stock issuable upon
conversion of the shares of convertible preferred stock,
including shares of convertible preferred stock held by some of
our executive officers. Our founders, Dr. Eyuboglu and
Mr. Verma, also have registration rights under this
agreement. In addition, the holders of our warrants have
registration rights with respect to the shares issuable upon
exercise of the warrants. Under the investor rights agreement,
holders of shares having registration rights can demand that we
file a registration statement or request that their shares be
covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise
filing, as described below. These registration rights are
subject to conditions and limitations, including the right of
the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares
included in certain registrations and our right not to effect a
requested registration within six months following this offering
and within three months of any other offering of our securities.
Demand registration rights. At any time after
180 days after the closing of this offering, the holders of
more than 35% of the shares having demand registration rights
may request that we register all or a portion of their common
stock for sale under the Securities Act, so long as the
aggregate offering price of such securities is reasonably
anticipated to be at least $5.0 million. We will effect the
registration as requested, unless in the good faith judgment of
our board of directors, such registration should be delayed. We
are required to effect three of these registrations. However, if
at any time we become eligible to file a registration statement
on
Form S-3,
or any successor form, holders of registration rights may make
unlimited requests for us to effect a registration on such forms
of their common stock having an aggregate offering price of at
least $1.0 million.
Incidental registration rights. In addition,
if at any time after this offering we register any shares of
common stock, the holders of all shares having registration
rights are entitled to notice of the registration and to include
all or a portion of their common stock in the registration. A
holder’s right to demand or include shares in a
registration is subject to the right of the underwriters to
limit the number of shares included in the offering.
We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting
discounts, selling commissions and the fees and expenses of the
selling stockholders’ own counsel, related to any demand or
piggyback registration. The investor rights agreement contains
customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we
are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in the event
of material misstatements or omissions in the registration
statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to
indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions in the
registration statement attributable to them.
Anti-takeover
Provisions
Delaware
Law
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203
prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a
“business combination” with any “interested
stockholder” for three years following the date that the
person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested
stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board
of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a
prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes,
among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and
the “interested stockholder” and the sale of more than
10% of our assets. In general, an “interested
stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning
15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or
person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such
entity or person.
Staggered
Board
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws divide our board of
directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In
addition, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide
that, subject to the rights of holders of any series of
preferred stock, directors may be removed only for cause and
only by the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our
stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of
directors or class of directors. Under our certificate of
incorporation and by-laws, and subject to the rights of holders
of any series of preferred stock, any vacancy on our board of
directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of
our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority
of our directors then in office. The classification of our board
of directors and the limitations on the ability of our
stockholders to remove directors and fill vacancies could make
it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a
third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.
Stockholder
Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders; Advance Notice
Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director
Nominations
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that will become
effective upon the closing of this offering provide that any
action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders at
an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be
taken if it is properly brought before such meeting and may not
be taken by written action in lieu of a meeting. Our certificate
of incorporation and by-laws also provide that, except as
otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders
can only be called by our chairman of the board, our chief
executive officer or our board of directors. In addition, our
by-laws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder
proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of
stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for
election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual
meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in
the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the
direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of
record on the record date for the meeting and the date of the
giving of such notice who is entitled to vote at the meeting and
who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our
secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such
business before the meeting. These provisions could have the
effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting
stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a
majority of our outstanding voting securities.
Super-Majority
Voting
The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on
any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate
of incorporation or by-laws, unless a corporation’s
certificate of incorporation or by-laws, as the case may be,
requires a greater percentage. Our by-laws may be amended or
repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an
annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes which all our
stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of
directors is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any
provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our
certificate of incorporation described in the prior two
paragraphs.
Authorized
But Unissued Shares
The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred
stock are available for future issuance without stockholder
approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing
standards of the NASDAQ Global Market. These additional shares
may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions,
acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of
authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and
preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an
attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest,
tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
NASDAQ
Global Market
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ
Global Market under the symbol “AIRV.”
Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market
for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of
common stock in the public market, or the perception that such
sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our
common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock
listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that
there will be an active public market for our common stock.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an
aggregate of 63,369,555 shares of common stock, assuming
the issuance of 8,300,000 shares of common stock offered by
us in this offering and no exercise of options or warrants after
April 30, 2007. Of these shares, all shares sold in this
offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares
purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined
in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be
subject to certain limitations and restrictions described below.
The remaining 55,069,555 shares of common stock will be
“restricted securities,” as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted
securities are eligible for public sale only if they are
registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an
exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under
the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
Subject to the
lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144
and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities
will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
Number of
Date
Shares
On the date of this prospectus
79,493
Between 90 and 180 days after
the date of this prospectus
34,415
At various times beginning more
than 180 days after the date of this prospectus
54,955,382
In addition, of the 12,786,677 shares of our common stock
that were subject to stock options outstanding as of
April 30, 2007, options to purchase 5,478,659 shares
of common stock were exercisable as of April 30, 2007 and,
upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to
the lock-up agreements described below.
Lock-up
Agreements
All of our directors and officers and the holders of
substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options,
who collectively own 54,955,382 shares of our common stock,
based on shares outstanding as of April 30, 2007, have
agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the
underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited
exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the
date of this prospectus, subject to extension in specified
circumstances:
•
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or
•
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to
another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences
of ownership of our common stock,
whether any transaction described above is to be settled by
delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash
or otherwise.
These agreements are subject to certain exceptions, and also
subject to extensions for up to an additional 34 days, as
described in the section of this prospectus entitled
“Underwriters.”
Upon the expiration of the applicable
lock-up
periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such
lock-up
restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the
limitations discussed above.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect,
beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a
person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for
at least one year, including an affiliate, would be entitled to
sell in “broker’s transactions” or to market
makers, within any three-month period, a number of shares that
does not exceed the greater of:
•
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding,
which will equal approximately 633,696 shares immediately
after this offering; or
•
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the
NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such
sale.
Sales under Rule 144 are generally subject to the
availability of current public information about us.
Rule 144(k)
Under Rule 144(k), a person who was not one of our
affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during
the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned
the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including
the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our
affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying
with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation
or notice provisions of Rule 144.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees,
directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases
shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option
plan or other written agreement before the effective date of
this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after
the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144
without having to comply with the holding period and notice
filing requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of
non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public
information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of
Rule 144.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that
Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an
issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, along with
the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including
exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued
in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and
subject to the contractual restrictions described above,
beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be
sold by persons other than affiliates subject only to the manner
of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates without
compliance with its one year minimum holding period requirements.
Stock
Options
We intend to file one or more registration statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock
subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or
issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the
registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our
stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus,
permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the
public market without restriction under the Securities Act and
the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to
applicable volume limitations.
Registration
Rights
Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately
45.6 million shares of common stock or their
transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to
the registration of these shares under the Securities Act.
Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would
result in these shares becoming fully tradable without
restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the
effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased
by affiliates. See “Description of Capital
Stock — Registration Rights” for additional
information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be
eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or
release from the terms of the
lock-up
agreement.
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement to be dated the date of this prospectus,
the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc.,
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are acting
as representatives, will severally agree to purchase, and we
will agree to sell to them, severally, the number of shares
indicated below:
Number of
Name
Shares
Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
UBS Securities LLC
Total
8,300,000
The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject
to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior
sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations
of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of
the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are
subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their
counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are
obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock
offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken.
However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for
the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment
option described below.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares
of common stock directly to the public at the public offering
price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to
certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in
excess of $ per share under
the public offering price. No underwriter may allow, and no
dealer may re-allow, a concession to other underwriters or to
any dealer. After the initial offering of the shares of common
stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time
to time be varied by the representatives.
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for
30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to
1,245,000 additional shares of our common stock at the public
offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less
underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may
exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering
over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of
the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the
extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become
obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the
same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the
number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the
preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common
stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the
preceding table.
The following table shows the per share public offering price,
underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us, and
proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming
both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’
option to purchase up to an additional 1,245,000 shares of
our common stock.
Total
Per Share
No Exercise
Full Exercise
Public offering price
Underwriting discounts and
commissions
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
The expenses of this offering payable by us, not including
underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated to be
approximately $3,000,000.
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales
to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total
number of shares of common stock offered by them.
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ
Global Market under the symbol “AIRV.”
We, all of our directors and officers and the holders of
substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options
have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the
prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will
not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of
this prospectus:
•
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;
•
in our case, file any registration statement with the Securities
and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares
of common stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock (other
than on
Form S-8
or a successor form thereon); or
•
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to
another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences
of ownership of the common stock,
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by
delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or
otherwise. In addition, each such person agreed that, without
the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, it will not, during
the period ending 180 days after the date of this
prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with
respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or
any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
common stock.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding
paragraph do not apply to:
•
transactions relating to shares of common stock or other
securities acquired by stockholders in open market transactions
after the completion of the offering of the shares or shares of
common stock acquired by stockholders in the public offering;
•
transfers by stockholders of shares of common stock or any
security convertible into common stock as a bona fide gift;
•
transfers by stockholders to family members or to trusts for the
benefit of the stockholder or family members of the stockholder,
in each case, for estate planning purposes;
•
distributions of shares of common stock or any security
convertible into or exercisable for common stock to partners,
members or equityholders of the stockholder;
•
the exercise of an option to purchase shares of common stock
granted under a stock incentive plan described in this
prospectus or the acceptance of restricted stock awards from us
and the disposition of shares of restricted stock to us pursuant
to the terms of such plan;
•
a stockholder’s entry into a written trading plan designed
to comply with
Rule 10b5-1
under the Exchange Act, provided that no sales are made pursuant
to such trading plan during the restricted period;
•
our issuance of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an
outstanding option or warrant or conversion of an outstanding
security described in this prospectus or of which the
underwriters have been advised in writing; or
•
the sale of shares to the underwriters in this offering;
provided that in the case of each of the second, third and
fourth types of transactions, each donee, distributee,
transferee and recipient agrees to be subject to the
restrictions described in the preceding paragraph and in the
case of each of the first five types of transactions, no filing
under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, is required or voluntarily made in connection with
these transactions during this
180-day
restricted period.
The 180-day
restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be
extended if:
•
during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our company occurs; or
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the 16 day period beginning on the last day
of the
180-day
period;
in which case the above restrictions shall continue to apply
until either (1) the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event if, within
three days of that issuance or occurrence, any of the
underwriters publishes or otherwise distributes a research
report or makes a public appearance concerning us, or
(2) the later of the last day of the
180-day
period and the third day after we issue the release or the
material news or material event occurs.
In order to facilitate this offering of the common stock, the
underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain
or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically,
the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to
purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short
position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no
greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the
underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters
can close out a covered short sale by exercising the
over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market.
In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short
sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the
open market price of shares compared to the price available
under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell
shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked
short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short
position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short
position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are
concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of
the common stock in the open market after pricing that could
adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In
addition, to stabilize the price of the common stock, the
underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock
in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may
reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a
dealer for distributing the common stock in this offering, if
the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to
cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the
common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market
price of the common stock above independent market levels or
prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common
stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these
activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on
websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling
group members, if any, participating in this offering. The
representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of
common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage
account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the
representative to underwriters that may make Internet
distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
European
Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each Manager has
represented and agreed that with effect from and including the
date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that
Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of
shares to the public in that Member State, except that it may,
with effect from and including such date, make an offer of
shares to the public in that Member State:
•
at any time to legal entities which are authorised or regulated
to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or
regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in
securities;
•
at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of
(1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last
financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than
€43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more
than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or
consolidated accounts; or
•
at any time in any other circumstances which do not require the
publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of
the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of the above, the expression an “offer of
shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any
Member State means the communication in any form and by any
means of sufficient information on the terms of the
offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor
to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may
be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the
Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive
2003/71/EC
and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member
State.
United
Kingdom
Each Manager has represented and agreed that it has only
communicated or caused to be communicated and will only
communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000) in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in
circumstances in which Section 21(1) of such Act does not
apply to us and it has complied and will comply with all
applicable provisions of such Act with respect to anything done
by it in relation to any shares in, from or otherwise involving
the United Kingdom.
Pricing
of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price will be
determined by negotiations among us and the representatives of
the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in
determining the initial public offering price will be our future
prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales,
earnings and certain other financial and operating information
in recent periods, and the price earnings ratios, price sales
ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and
operating information of companies engaged in activities similar
to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set
forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is
subject to change as a result of market conditions and other
factors. An active trading market for the shares may not
develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares
will not trade in the public market at or above the initial
public offering price.
Other
Relationships
Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates may provide in
the future financial advisory services to us in the ordinary
course of business, for which they may receive customary fees
and commissions.
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will
be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr
LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston,
Massachusetts, has acted as counsel for the underwriters in
connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.
Attorneys at Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP and
related investment partnerships own an aggregate of
50,636 shares of our common stock.
Our consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2006
and December 31, 2006, and for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2006, appearing in this
prospectus and the related registration statement have been
audited by Ernst & Young, LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon
appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance on such
report given on the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common
stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part
of the registration statement, does not contain all of the
information set forth in the registration statement or the
exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information
about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to
the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed
thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the
contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as
an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily
complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects
by reference to the full text of such contract or other document
filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon
completion of this offering, we will be required to file
periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this
information at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the
operation of the public reference rooms by calling the
Securities and Exchange Commission at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an
Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and
other information about issuers, like us, that file
electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The
address of that site is www.sec.gov.
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the
information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and we intend to file reports, proxy statements and
other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Airvana, Inc. as of January 1, 2006 and December 31,2006, and the related statements of operations, redeemable
convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123R,
“Share Based Payments”, using the
prospective-transition method. As discussed in Note 3 to
the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded a
cumulative effect adjustment as of January 1, 2006, in
connection with the adoption of FASB Staff Position
No. 150-5
“Issuer’s Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150
for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on
Shares that are Redeemable”.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Airvana, Inc. at January 1, 2006 and December 31,2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31,2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
Series A redeemable
convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
10,937,500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of
January 1, 2006, December 31, 2006 and April 1,2007 (unaudited); no shares pro forma
15,877
16,749
16,968
—
Series B1 redeemable
convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
4,027,663 shares authorized, 3,994,328 shares issued
and outstanding at January 1, 2006, December 31, 2006
and April 1, 2007 (unaudited); no shares pro forma
34,308
36,274
36,765
—
Series B2 redeemable
convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
900,414 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of
January 1, 2006, December 31, 2006 and April 1,2007 (unaudited); no shares pro forma
6,963
7,362
7,461
—
Series C redeemable
convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
25,093,051 shares authorized, 25,031,017 shares issued
and outstanding as of January 1, 2006 and December 31,2006 and 25,074,183 shares issued and outstanding at
April 1, 2007 (unaudited); no shares pro forma
52,931
56,150
57,024
—
Series D redeemable
convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
4,484,305 shares authorized, 2,989,537 shares issued and
outstanding at January 1, 2006 and 3,288,490 shares issued
and outstanding at December 31, 2006 and April 1, 2007
(unaudited); no shares pro forma
11,635
13,507
13,727
—
Total redeemable convertible
preferred stock
121,714
130,042
131,945
—
Stockholders’ deficit:
Common stock, $0.001 par
value: 90,000,000 shares authorized, 13,520,543,
13,814,535, 13,919,024 and 54,543,781 issued and outstanding at
January 1, 2006, December 31, 2006, April 1 2007
(unaudited) and April 1, 2007 pro forma, respectively
13
14
14
55
Additional paid-in capital
2,176
3,251
—
131,989
Accumulated deficit
(192,846
)
(126,055
)
(215,228
)
(215,228
)
Total stockholders’ deficit
(190,657
)
(122,790
)
(215,214
)
(83,184
)
Total liabilities, redeemable
convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit
$
219,547
$
264,207
$
283,451
$
210,744
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements
Airvana, Inc. (the Company) is a leading provider of network
infrastructure products used by wireless operators to provide
mobile broadband services. Our software and hardware products
are based on Internet Protocol technology and enable wireless
networks to deliver broadband-quality multimedia services to
mobile phones, laptop computers and other mobile devices. These
services include Internet access,
e-mail,
music downloads, video,
IP-TV,
gaming,
push-to-talk
and
voice-over-IP.
The Company has offices in Chelmsford, Massachusetts; Dallas,
Texas; Bangalore, India; Beijing, China and London, England.
2.
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, after
elimination of intercompany transactions and balances. These
consolidated financial statements reflect the use of the
following significant accounting policies, as described below
and elsewhere in the notes to the consolidated financial
statements. These consolidated financial statements are prepared
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Statements
The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of April 1,2007, the consolidated statements of operations and of cash
flows for the three months ended April 2, 2006 and
April 1, 2007, and the consolidated statements of
redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’
deficit for the three months ended April 1, 2007 are
unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been
prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements
and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments,
which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to
fairly state the Company’s financial position and results
of operations and cash flows for the three months ended
April 2, 2006 and April 1, 2007. The financial data
and other information disclosed in these notes to the
consolidated financial statements related to the three month
periods is unaudited. The results for the three months ended
April 1, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results
to be expected for the year ending December 30, 2007 or for
any other interim period or for any future year.
Unaudited
Pro Forma Presentation
The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and the
unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of redeemable
convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity as of
April 1, 2007 reflect (i) the payment of a cash
dividend of $1.333 per share of capital stock that was paid
on April 5, 2007, and (ii) the automatic conversion of
all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock
into 40,624,757 shares of common stock upon the closing of
the proposed initial public offering, and (iii) the
conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase redeemable
convertible preferred stock into common stock warrants upon the
closing of the proposed offering.
The unaudited pro forma basic net income (loss) per common share
was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the pro forma
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding
during the period. The pro forma weighted average number of
shares of common stock outstanding consists of the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the
weighted average number of shares of preferred stock
outstanding, on an if-converted basis. The pro forma weighted
average number of shares of common stock used in the computation
of diluted net income per share also includes the dilutive
impact of the outstanding common stock equivalents.
Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding
13,542
13,814
Weighted average number of
preferred shares outstanding, on an as converted basis
40,672
40,673
Shares used in the computation of
basic net income (loss) per share
54,214
54,487
Dilutive impact of outstanding
common stock equivalents
5,405
—
Shares used in the computation of
diluted net income (loss) per share
59,619
54,487
Pro forma net income (loss) per
share:
Basic
$
1.37
$
(0.34
)
Diluted
$
1.24
$
(0.34
)
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates. Significant estimates and judgments
relied upon by management in preparing these financial
statements include the timing of revenue recognition, expensing
or capitalizing research and development costs for software, the
determination of the fair value of stock awards issued, the
recoverability of the Company’s deferred tax assets, the
amount of the Company’s income tax expenses and the
classification of deferred product costs and deferred revenues.
Although the Company regularly assesses these estimates, actual
results could differ materially from these estimates. Changes in
estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known.
The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical
experience and various other factors that it believes to be
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ
from management’s estimates if these results differ from
historical experience or other assumptions prove not to be
substantially accurate, even if such assumptions are reasonable
when made.
The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to those of
other companies of similar size in its industry, including, but
not limited to: a highly concentrated customer base, sales
volatility, dependency on a single air interface standard, rapid
technological changes, competition from substitute products and
services from larger companies, limited number of suppliers,
government regulations, management of international activities,
protection of proprietary rights, patent litigation, and
dependence on key individuals.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Fiscal
Year
The Company’s fiscal year end is the Sunday nearest to
December 31.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid instruments with
original maturities of three months or less at the date of
purchase. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which
approximates their fair market value.
Investments
The Company determines the appropriate categorization of
investments in debt securities at the time of purchase. As of
January 1, 2006, December 31, 2006 and April 1,2007, the Company’s investments are categorized as
held-to-maturity
and are presented at their amortized cost, which approximates
market value. The short-term or long-term classification of debt
securities at each balance sheet date is based on the remaining
period to maturity.
Prepaid
and Other Current Assets
Prepaid and other current assets consist of prepaid software
licenses, prepaid software and hardware maintenance contracts,
and inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or
market on the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) basis.
Deferred
Product Cost
When the Company’s products have been delivered, but the
product revenue associated with the arrangement has been
deferred as a result of not meeting the revenue recognition
criteria in SOP 97-2, the Company also defers the related
inventory costs for the delivered items in accordance with
Accounting Research Bulletin 43, “Restatement and
Revision of Accounting Research Bulletins” as amended
by FAS 151, Inventory Cost.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. The Company
provides for depreciation by charges to operations on a
straight-line basis in amounts estimated to allocate the cost of
the assets over their estimated useful lives. Depreciation
expense was $1,758, $1,274 and $2,408 for the years ended
January 2, 2005, January 1, 2006 and December 31,2006, respectively. Depreciation expense was $550 and $722 for
the three months ended April 2, 2006 and April 1,2007, respectively. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are
expensed as incurred. Property and equipment consist of the
following:
As of
January 1,
December 31,
April 1,
Estimated Useful Life
2006
2006
2007
Computer equipment and purchased
software
1.5 - 3 years
$
4,466
$
4,972
$
5,401
Test and lab equipment
3 years
2,878
3,883
4,110
Leasehold improvements
Shorter of life of lease or
5 years
4,659
5,600
6,324
Office furniture and equipment
3 - 5 years
552
470
694
Total property and equipment
12,555
14,925
16,529
Less: Accumulated depreciation and
amortization
(6,923
)
(9,122
)
(9,858
)
$
5,632
$
5,803
$
6,671
In connection with a lease incentive arrangement entered into as
part of the Company’s new headquarters lease, the Company
received reimbursements of approximately $2,800 and $790 for
leasehold improvements capitalized in the years ended
January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
As a result of this arrangement,
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
the Company recorded a lease incentive obligation for the
reimbursed amount, and is amortizing that obligation as a
reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease. As of
December 31, 2006 and April 1, 2007, the unamortized
amount was $2,740 and $2,610, respectively. During the years
ended January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2006, the
Company amortized the lease incentive obligation by
approximately $300 and $542, respectively. During the three
months ended April 2, 2006 and April 1, 2007, the
Company amortized the lease incentive obligation by
approximately $140 and $130, respectively. The remaining lease
incentive amounts are classified either as components of other
accrued expenses or other long-term liabilities based on the
future timing of amortization against rent expense.
Capitalized
Internal-Use Software
The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred to purchase
internal-use software in accordance with
SOP 98-1,
Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use. To date, such costs have included
external direct costs of materials and services consumed in
obtaining internal-use software and are included within computer
hardware and software. Once the capitalization criteria of
SOP 98-1
have been met, such costs are capitalized and amortized on a
straight-line basis over three years after the software has been
put into use. Subsequent additions, modifications, or upgrades
to internal use software are capitalized only to the extent that
they allow the software to perform a task it previously did not
perform. Software maintenance and training costs are expensed in
the period in which they are incurred. At December 31,2006, the Company had capitalized software of $2,285, net of
accumulated depreciation of $1,824.
Software
Development Costs
The Company’s research and development expenses have been
charged to operations as incurred. In accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 86,
Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold,
Leased or Otherwise Marketed, the Company capitalizes
software development costs incurred after the technological
feasibility of software development projects has been
established. The Company determines technological feasibility
has been established at the time when a working model of the
software has been completed. Because the Company believes its
current process for developing software is essentially completed
concurrently with the establishment of technological
feasibility, no software development costs have met the criteria
for capitalization.
Revenue
Recognition
The Company derives revenue from the licensing of software
products and software upgrades; the sale of hardware products,
maintenance and support services; and the sale of professional
services, including training. Its products incorporate software
that is more than incidental to the related hardware.
Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’
Statement of Position, or SOP,
No. 97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition.
Under multiple-element arrangements where several different
products or services are sold together, the Company allocates
revenue to each element based on vendor specific objective
evidence, VSOE, of fair value. It uses the residual method when
fair value does not exist for one or more of the delivered
elements in a multiple-element arrangement. Under the residual
method, the fair value of the undelivered elements are deferred
and subsequently recognized when earned. For a delivered item to
be considered a separate element, the undelivered items must not
be essential to the functionality of the delivered item and
there must be VSOE of fair value for the undelivered items in
the arrangement. Fair value is generally limited to the price
charged when the Company sells the same or similar element
separately or, when applicable, the stated substantive renewal
rate. If evidence of the fair value of one or more undelivered
elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred and recognized
when delivery of those elements occurs or when fair value can be
established. For example, in situations where the Company sells
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
a product during a period when it has a commitment for the
delivery or sale of a future specified software upgrade, the
Company defers revenue recognition until the specified software
upgrade is delivered.
Significant judgments in applying the accounting rules and
regulations to the Company’s business practices principally
relate to the timing and amount of revenue recognition given its
current concentration of revenues with one customer and its
inability to establish VSOE of fair value for specified software
upgrades.
The Company sells its products primarily through original
equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) arrangements with
telecommunications infrastructure vendors such as Nortel
Networks. The Company has collaborated with its OEM customers on
a best effort basis to develop initial product features and
subsequent enhancements for the products that are sold by a
particular OEM to its wireless operator customers. For each OEM
customer, the Company expects to continue to develop products
based on its core technology that are configured for the
requirements of the OEM’s base stations and its operator
customers. This business practice is common in the
telecommunications equipment industry and is necessitated by the
long planning cycles associated with wireless network
deployments coupled with rapid changes in technology. Large and
complex wireless networks support tens of millions of
subscribers and it is critical that any changes or upgrades be
planned well in advance to ensure that there are no service
disruptions. The evolution of the Company’s infrastructure
technology must therefore be planned, implemented and integrated
with the wireless operator’s plans for deploying new
applications and services and any equipment or technology
provided by other vendors.
Given the nature of the Company’s business, the majority of
its sales are generated through multiple-element arrangements
comprised of a combination of product, maintenance and support
services and, importantly, specified product upgrades. The
Company has established a business practice of negotiating with
OEMs the pricing for future purchases of new product releases
and specified software upgrades. The Company expects that it
will release one or more optional specified upgrades annually.
To determine whether these optional future purchases are
elements of current purchase transactions, the Company assesses
whether such new products or specified upgrades will be offered
to the OEM customer at a price that represents a significant and
incremental discount to current purchases. Because the Company
sells uniquely configured products through each OEM customer, it
does not maintain a list price for its products and specified
software upgrades. Additionally, as it does not sell these
products and upgrades to more than one customer, the Company is
unable to establish VSOE of fair value for these products and
upgrades. Consequently, the Company is unable to determine if
the license fees it charges for the optional specified upgrades
include a significant and incremental discount. As such, the
Company defers all revenue related to current product sales,
software-only license fees, maintenance and support services and
professional services until all specified upgrades committed at
the time of shipment have been delivered. For example, the
Company recognizes deferred revenue from sales to an OEM
customer only when it delivers a specified upgrade that it had
previously committed. However, when it commits to an additional
upgrade before it has delivered a previously committed upgrade,
the Company defers all revenue from product sales after the date
of such commitment until it delivers the additional upgrade. Any
revenue that the Company had deferred prior to the additional
commitment is recognized when the previously committed upgrade
is delivered.
If there are no commitments outstanding for specified upgrades,
the Company recognizes revenue when all of the following have
occurred: (1) delivery (FOB origin), provided that there
are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance;
(2) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;
(3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and
(4) collection of the related receivable is reasonably
assured, as long as all other revenue recognition criteria have
been met. If there are uncertainties regarding customer
acceptance, the Company recognizes revenue and related cost of
revenue when those uncertainties are resolved. Any adjustments
to software license fees are recognized when reported to the
Company by an OEM customer.
For its direct sales to end user customers, which have not been
material to date, the Company has recognized product revenue
upon delivery provided that all other revenue recognition
criteria have been met.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
The Company has established objective evidence of fair value for
maintenance and support services by selling these elements
separately from its products at consistent prices. It typically
bundles maintenance and support services for one or two years,
representing the warranty period, in the fee for initial product
sales. The Company defers the fair value associated with
maintenance and support services at the time of renewal and
recognizes revenue for such services ratably over the service
period.
The Company’s support and maintenance services consist of
the repair or replacement of defective hardware,
around-the-clock
help desk support, technical support and the correction of bugs
in its software. The Company’s annual support and
maintenance fees are based on a fixed dollar amount associated
with, or a percentage of the initial sales price for, the
applicable hardware and software products. Included in the price
of the product, the Company provides maintenance and support
during the product warranty period, which is two years for base
station channel cards and one year for software products. The
Company allocates a portion of the initial product revenue to
the maintenance and support services provided during the
warranty period based on the fees the Company charges for annual
support and maintenance when sold separately. This revenue is
also deferred with the associated product revenue until such
time as all outstanding specified software upgrades at the time
of shipment are delivered, at which time the earned support and
maintenance revenue is recognized and the unearned support and
maintenance revenue is recognized over the remainder the
applicable warranty period.
The Company provides professional services for deployment
optimization, network engineering and radio frequency deployment
planning, and provides training for network planners and
engineers. The Company generally recognize revenue for these
services as the services are performed as it has deemed such
services not essential to the functionality of its products. The
Company has successfully resolved all product defects to date
and has not issued any refunds on products sold. As such, no
provisions have been recorded against revenue or related
receivables for potential refunds.
Concentrations
of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk
consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term
investments, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its
cash and cash equivalents and investment accounts with two major
financial institutions. The Company’s cash equivalents and
investments are invested in securities with a high credit rating.
At January 1, 2006, the Company had two resellers who
accounted for 90% and 10% of accounts receivable, individually.
At December 31, 2006, the Company had one reseller who
accounted for 99% of accounts receivable. At April 1, 2007,
the Company had one reseller who accounted for 94% of accounts
receivable. The Company had two customers who accounted for 73%
and 18% of revenues for the year ended January 2, 2005 and
one reseller who accounted for 92% and 95% of revenues
individually for the years ended January 1, 2006 and
December 31, 2006, respectively. The Company had two
customers who accounted for 81% and 14% of revenues for the
three months ended April 2, 2006 and two customers who
accounted for 65% and 35% of revenues for the three months ended
April 1, 2007. The Company has made an assessment that all
of its accounts receivable are collectible and, therefore, has
not provided any reserve for doubtful accounts as of
January 1, 2006, December 31, 2006 and April 1,2007.
Segment
and Geographic Information
SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information, establishes standards
for reporting information about operating segments in annual
financial statements and requires selected information of these
segments be presented in interim financial reports to
stockholders. Operating segments are defined as components of an
enterprise about which separate financial information is
available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating
decision maker, or decision making group, in making decisions on
how to allocate resources and assess performance. The
Company’s chief operating decision making group, as defined
under SFAS No. 131,
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
consists of the Company’s chief executive officer, chief
financial officer and the executive vice presidents. The Company
views its operations and manages its business as one operating
segment.
Stock-Based
Compensation
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had one stock-based
employee compensation plan which is more fully described in
Note 13. Through the year ended January 1, 2006, the
Company accounted for its stock-based awards to employees using
the intrinsic value method prescribed in APB Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,
and elected the disclosure-only requirements of
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and
Disclosure — an Amendment of FASB Statement
No. 123. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation
expense is measured on the date of the grant as the difference
between the deemed fair value of the Company’s common stock
and the exercise or purchase price multiplied by the number of
stock options or restricted stock awards granted. The Company
followed the provisions of EITF
No. 96-18,
Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other
than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling,
Goods and Services, to account for grants made to
non-employees.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, or
SFAS No. 123(R), which is a revision of
SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 123(R) requires all
share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee
stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on
their estimated fair values. In accordance with
SFAS No. 123(R), we will recognize the compensation
cost of share-based awards on a straight-line basis over the
vesting period of the award, which is generally five years, and
have elected to use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to
determine fair value. SFAS No. 123(R) eliminated the
alternative of applying the intrinsic value method of APB
Opinion No. 25 to stock compensation awards. We adopted the
provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) on the first day of
fiscal 2006 using the prospective-transition method. As such, we
will continue to apply APB No. 25 in future periods to
equity awards granted prior to the adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R).
Comprehensive
Income
SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income,
establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive
income (loss) and its components in financial statements.
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in
stockholders’ equity of a business enterprise during a
period from transactions and other events and circumstances from
nonowner sources. The comprehensive income (loss) for all
periods presented is equal to the reported net income (loss).
Net
(Loss) Income Per Share
The Company calculated net (loss) income per share in accordance
with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share, as
clarified by EITF Issue
No. 03-6,
which clarifies the use of the “two-class” method of
calculating earnings per share as originally prescribed in
SFAS No. 128. Effective for periods beginning after
March 31, 2004, EITF Issue
No. 03-6
provides guidance on how to determine whether a security should
be considered a “participating security” for purposes
of computing earnings per share and how earnings per share
should be allocated to a participating security when using the
two-class method for computing basic earnings per share. The
Company has determined that its convertible preferred stock
represents a participating security and therefore has adopted
the provisions of EITF Issue
No. 03-6
retroactively for all periods presented.
Under the two-class method, basic net (loss) income per share is
computed by dividing the net (loss) income applicable to common
stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares
outstanding for the fiscal period. Diluted net (loss) income per
share is computed using the more dilutive of (a) the
two-class method or (b) the if-converted method. The
Company allocated net income first to preferred stockholders
based on dividend rights under the Company’s charter and
then to common and preferred stockholders based on ownership
interests. Net
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
losses are not allocated to preferred stockholders. Diluted net
(loss) income per share gives effect to all potentially dilutive
securities, including stock options using the treasury stock
method and unvested restricted common stock.
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the
calculation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share is
as follows:
(Loss) income before cumulative
effect of change in accounting principle
$
(29,129
)
$
(63,014
)
$
74,449
$
(12,139
)
$
(18,785
)
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle
—
—
(330
)
(330
)
—
Net (loss) income
$
(29,129
)
$
(63,014
)
$
74,119
$
(12,469
)
$
(18,785
)
Allocation of net (loss) income:
Basic:
Accretion of redeemable preferred
stock
$
7,394
$
7,256
$
7,328
$
1,828
$
1,834
Undistributed net income allocated
to preferred stockholders
—
—
50,354
—
—
Net income applicable to preferred
stockholders
7,394
7,256
57,682
1,828
1,834
Net (loss) income applicable to
common stockholders before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle
(36,523
)
(70,270
)
16,767
(13,967
)
(20,619
)
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle
—
—
(330
)
(330
)
—
Net (loss) income applicable to
common stockholders
(36,523
)
(70,270
)
16,437
(14,297
)
(20,619
)
Net (loss) income
$
(29,129
)
$
(63,014
)
$
74,119
$
(12,469
)
$
(18,785
)
Diluted:
Accretion of redeemable preferred
stock
$
7,394
$
7,256
$
7,328
$
1,828
$
1,834
Undistributed net income allocated
to preferred stockholders
—
—
45,642
—
—
Net income applicable to preferred
stockholders
7,394
7,256
52,970
1,828
1,834
Net (loss) income applicable to
common stockholders before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle
(36,523
)
(70,270
)
21,479
(13,967
)
(20,619
)
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle
—
—
(330
)
(330
)
—
Net (loss) income applicable to
common stockholders
(36,523
)
(70,270
)
21,149
(14,297
)
(20,619
)
Net (loss) income
$
(29,129
)
$
(63,014
)
$
74,119
$
(12,469
)
$
(18,785
)
Denominator:
Basic weighted average shares
11,409
12,959
13,542
13,423
13,814
Dilutive effect of common stock
equivalents
—
—
5,405
—
—
Diluted weighted average shares
11,409
12,959
18,947
13,423
13,814
Calculation of net (loss) income
per share:
Basic:
Net (loss) income applicable to
common stockholders
$
(36,523
)
$
(70,270
)
$
16,437
$
(14,297
)
$
(20,619
)
Weighted average shares of common
stock outstanding
11,409
12,959
13,542
13,423
13,814
Net (loss) income per share
$
(3.20
)
$
(5.42
)
$
1.21
$
(1.07
)
$
(1.49
)
Diluted:
Net (loss) income applicable to
common stockholders
$
(36,523
)
$
(70,270
)
$
21,149
$
(14,297
)
$
(20,619
)
Weighted average shares of common
stock outstanding
11,409
12,959
18,947
13,423
13,814
Net (loss) income per share
$
(3.20
)
$
(5.42
)
$
1.12
$
(1.07
)
$
(1.49
)
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle
Basic
$
(0.02
)
$
(0.02
)
Diluted
$
(0.02
)
$
(0.02
)
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
The Company accounts for its long-lived assets in accordance
with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. This statement requires that
long-lived assets and certain identifiable assets be reviewed
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be
recoverable. Any write-downs are treated as permanent reductions
in the carrying amount of
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
the assets. Based on this evaluation, the Company believes that,
as of each of the balance sheet dates presented, none of the
Company’s long-lived assets were impaired.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The financial statements of the Company’s foreign
subsidiaries are translated in accordance with
SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation. The
functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries
in India, the United Kingdom, Japan and Korea is the U.S.
dollar. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities of these foreign
subsidiaries are remeasured into U.S. dollars using the exchange
rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses
of these foreign subsidiaries are remeasured into U.S. dollars
at the average rate in effect during the year. Any differences
resulting from the remeasurement of assets, liabilities, and
operations of India, United Kingdom, Japan and Korea
subsidiaries are recorded within operating expense in the
consolidated statements of operations. During the years ended
January 2, 2005, January 1, 2006 and December 31,2006, the Company recorded foreign currency gains of $24, $125
and $16 respectively, in research and development expense.
During the three months ended April 2, 2006 and
April 1, 2007, the Company recorded foreign currency gains
of $14 and $5, respectively, in research and development expense.
Income
Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes,
which is the asset and liability method for accounting and
reporting income taxes. Under SFAS No. 109, deferred
tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary
differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases
of assets and liabilities using statutory rates. In addition,
SFAS No. 109 requires a valuation allowance against
net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence,
it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
Financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash
equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, restricted
investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable. The
estimated fair values of these financial instruments approximate
their carrying values.
Single
or Limited Source Suppliers and Contract
Manufacturers
Because the Company has subcontracted the manufacturing and
assembly of its products and procurement of materials to a major
independent manufacturer, the Company does not have significant
internal manufacturing capabilities. The Company’s reliance
on contract manufacturers exposes it to a number of risks,
including reduced control over manufacturing capacity and
component availability, product completion and delivery times,
product quality, manufacturing costs, and inadequate or excess
inventory levels, which could lead to product shortage or
charges for excess and obsolete inventory. As of
December 31, 2006, a majority of the Company’s sales
consist of software-only license fees which do not include a
manufactured hardware component.
New
Pronouncements
In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standards
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes, or FIN No. 48. FIN No. 48
clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes
recognized in an enterprises’ financial statements in
accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN No. 48
prescribed a recognition and measurement method of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
FIN No. 48 also provides guidance on derecognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosures and transitions. FIN No. 48 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,2006. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48
effective January 1, 2007. The Company did not recognize
any liability for
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”).
SFAS 157 addresses how companies should measure fair value
when they are required to use a fair value measure for
recognition or disclosure purposes. SFAS 157 will be
effective for us beginning January 1, 2008. The Company is
currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of
SFAS 157 will have on our consolidated financial position
and results of operations.
3. Change
in Accounting Principle
On June 29, 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position
150-5,
Issuer’s Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150
for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on
Shares that are Redeemable (“FSP
150-5”).
FSP 150-5
affirms that warrants of this type are subject to the
requirements in SFAS No. 150, regardless of the
redemption price or the timing of the redemption feature.
Therefore, under SFAS No. 150, the freestanding
warrants to purchase the Company’s convertible preferred
stock are liabilities that must be recorded at fair value.
The Company adopted FSP
150-5 as of
January 2, 2006 and recorded an expense of $330 for the
cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle to
reflect the estimated fair value of these warrants as of that
date. For year ended December 31, 2006, the Company
recorded $40 of non-cash interest expense to reflect the
increase in fair value between January 2, 2006 and
December 31, 2006. For the three months ended April 1,2007, the Company recorded $87 of non-cash interest income to
reflect the decrease in fair value between December 31,2006 and April 1, 2007.
These warrants are subject to revaluation at each balance sheet
date, and any change in fair value will be recorded as a
component of interest income (expense) until the earlier of
their exercise or expiration or the completion of a liquidation
event, including the completion of an initial public offering,
at which time the carrying amount of the preferred stock warrant
liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.
The pro forma effect of the adoption of FSP
150-5 on the
Company’s results of operations for 2004 and 2005, if
applied retroactively as if FSP
150-5 had
been adopted in those years, was not material.
4. Investments
In accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, we have
classified our investment securities as
held-to-maturity.
These securities are reported at amortized cost, which
approximates fair market value.
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of our investment
securities are as follows:
At December 31, 2006, the Company had available net
operating loss carryforwards of $18,001, and research and
development tax credit carryforwards of $7,707, which expire on
various dates through 2026. These carryforwards are subject to
review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service.
The Internal Revenue Code (IRC) contains provisions that limit
the Company’s use of certain carryforwards as a result of
significant changes in ownership, as defined in
Sections 382 and 383 of the IRC. The Company believes that
the use of the net operating loss carryforwards and research and
development tax credit carryforwards is not subject to any such
limitations.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as
follows:
The Company reviews all available evidence to evaluate the
recovery of deferred tax assets, including the Company’s
recent history of accumulated losses over the last three years
as well as its ability to generate income in future periods. The
Company has concluded it is more likely than not that its
deferred tax assets will not be realized given the cumulative
losses over the last three years.
6. Equipment
Line of Credit
In October 2001, the Company entered into an equipment line of
credit (Equipment Line), under which the Company borrowed $4,000
for the purchase of property and equipment. Interest was payable
at an annual rate equal to the
36-month
Treasury Note rate plus 4.15%, but not less than 8%, with a
terminal interest payment equal to 10% of all borrowings, which
the Company was accruing over the term of the Equipment Line. In
July 2004, the Company paid all outstanding obligations owed,
including principal and interest. All related collateral to the
loan has been released and the line has been terminated.
In connection with the Equipment Line, the Company issued
warrants to purchase 33,335 shares of Series B1
redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B1 Preferred
Stock) at an exercise price of $6.17 per share. The fair value
of the warrants of $58 was recorded as a discount on the
Equipment Line, and was amortized to interest expense over the
repayment period. Interest expense related to the amortization
of the warrants was $19 during the year ended January 2,2005. Effective upon the closing of the Company’s proposed
initial public offering, these warrants will become exercisable
for 48,118 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$4.28 per share.
In July 2002, the Company entered into a second equipment line
of credit (the Second Line), under which the Company borrowed
$918 for the purchase of property and equipment. Interest was
payable at an annual rate equal to the
36-month
Treasury Note rate plus 5.80%, but not less than 9.6%, with a
terminal interest payment equal to 11% of all borrowings, which
the Company was accruing over the term of the Equipment Line. In
July 2004, the Company paid all outstanding obligations owed,
including principal and interest. All related collateral to the
loan has been released and the line has been terminated.
In connection with the Second Line, the Company issued a warrant
to purchase 62,034 shares of Series C redeemable
convertible preferred stock (Series C Preferred Stock) at
an exercise price of $1.612 per share. The fair value of the
warrants of $61 was recorded as a discount on the Second Line,
and was amortized to interest expense over the repayment period.
Interest expense related to the amortization of the warrants was
$42 during the year
In 2000, the Company entered into a five-year lease agreement
for its headquarters facility. As part of this agreement, the
Company issued a standby letter of credit for the landlord
totaling $300, as a condition of this lease, which was increased
to $370 during 2001 as the Company assumed additional space. The
letter of credit lapsed over the lease period and was fully
collateralized by a certificate of deposit maintained at the
bank that issued the letter of credit. The remaining balance on
the letter of credit of $100 has been classified as a short-term
restricted investment at January 1, 2006 and fully lapsed
in early 2006.
In October 2004, the Company entered into a seven-year lease
agreement for a new headquarters facility. The Company is
obligated to pay monthly rent through 2012. As part of this
agreement, the Company obtained a standby letter of credit for
the landlord totaling $142. The letter of credit is fully
collateralized by a certificate of deposit maintained at the
major financial institution that issued the letter of credit and
is classified in other assets in the accompanying balance sheets.
In August 2005, the Company leased additional space adjacent to
its headquarters, and increased the letter of credit and
certificate of deposit by $51.
In May, July and August 2000, the Company sold
10,937,500 shares of Series A redeemable convertible
Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock) at $1.00 per
share, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $10,929.
In November 2000, the Company received a nonrefundable advance
payment of $5,000 (the Advance Payment) from a vendor for the
purchase of Series B redeemable convertible preferred
stock. In February 2001, the Company issued 900,414 shares
of Series B2 redeemable convertible preferred stock
(Series B2 Preferred Stock) at a price of $5.553 per share
in exchange for the Advance Payment. The conversion price
reflected a 10% discount from the fair value of the
Series B2 Preferred Stock. The value of the beneficial
conversion feature, $556, was charged to operations in 2001 as
research and development expense.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
In February, March and October 2001, the Company sold
3,994,328 shares of Series B1 Preferred Stock at $6.17
per share, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $24,586.
In February, May and August 2002, the Company sold
25,031,017 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at
$1.612 per share, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of
$40,309.
In December 2003, the Company sold 2,989,537 shares of
Series D Preferred Stock to a vendor at $3.345 per share,
the stock’s deemed fair value, resulting in net proceeds to
the Company of $9,986. In January 2006, the Company sold
298,953 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to an
executive officer of the Company at $3.345 per share, resulting
in net proceeds to the Company of $1,000.
The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock, Series B2
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D
Preferred Stock (collectively, the Preferred Stock) are as
follows:
Dividends
The Company shall not declare or pay any dividends on shares of
common stock unless the holders of the Preferred Stock then
outstanding receive a per share amount equal to the dividends
declared or paid on common stock.
Voting
Rights
The Preferred Stockholders are entitled to vote on all matters
with the common stockholders as if they were one class of stock.
The Preferred Stockholders are entitled to the number of votes
equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each
share of the Preferred Stock is then convertible.
Liquidation
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
dissolution or
winding-up
of the corporation, as defined, the holders of the
Series A, Series B1, Series B2, Series C and
Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding will be entitled
to be paid an amount equal to $1.00, $6.17, $5.553, $1.612 and
$3.345 per share, or $10,937, $24,645, $5,000, $40,350 and
$10,000, respectively, plus any cumulative dividends and any
dividends declared but unpaid on such shares prior to any
payment to common stockholders. Amounts remaining after the
preference payment to the Preferred Stockholders, if any, will
be shared on a proportional basis among all stockholders,
including the Preferred Stockholders, whose portion will be
determined based on the number of shares of common stock into
which the Preferred Stock is convertible, up to a maximum of
$3.00, $18.51, $16.659, $4.836 and $10.035 per preferred share
for the holders of the Series A, Series B1,
Series B2, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock,
respectively.
Conversion
Each share of Series A, Series B1, Series B2,
Series C and Series D Preferred Stock is convertible,
at the option of the holder, at any time, into 1.125, 1.443,
1.415, 0.75 and 0.75 shares of common stock, respectively,
adjusted for certain dilutive events, as defined. In addition,
all shares of Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted
into shares of common stock at these conversion ratios upon the
closing of an underwritten public offering in which the
aggregate net proceeds to the Company are not less than $40,000.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Redemption Rights
If the holders of a majority, by voting power, of the
outstanding shares of Series A, Series B1,
Series B2, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock
request in writing not less than 30 days nor more than
120 days prior to each of December 31, 2006,
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008, the Company
would be required to redeem from each holder of shares of
Preferred Stock the respective portions of the number of shares
of such Preferred Stock held by each such holder listed in the
following table. In the event of such a redemption, the holders
of Series A, Series B1, Series B2, Series C
and Series D Preferred Stock would receive an amount equal
to $1.00, $6.17, $5.553, $1.612 and $3.345 per share,
respectively, plus cumulative dividends at an amount equal to 8%
per annum, and any declared but unpaid dividends. Because of the
contingent redemption obligation, the Company has classified
these securities as temporary equity securities in accordance
with EITF Topic D-98. As of December 31, 2006, cumulative
dividends of $5,812, $11,629, $2,362, $15,800 and $2,507 have
been accrued for Series A, Series B1, Series B2,
Series C and Series D Preferred Stock, respectively.
As of December 31, 2006, the redemption values of the
Series A, Series B1, Series B2, Series C and
Series D Preferred Stock were $16,749, $36,274, $7,362,
$56,150 and $13,507, respectively. As of January 1, 2006,
the redemption values of the Series A, Series B1,
Series B2, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock
were $15,877, $34,308, $6,963, $52,931 and $11,635, respectively.
9. Common
Stock
The Company has 90,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, of
which a total of 13,520,587 and 13,814,623 shares have been
issued as of January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2006,
respectively. Common stockholders are entitled to one vote for
each share held and to receive dividends if and when declared by
the Board of Directors and subject to and qualified by the
rights of holders of the preferred stock. Upon dissolution or
liquidation of the Company, holders of common stock will be
entitled to receive all available assets subject to any
preferential rights of any then outstanding preferred stock. As
of January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2006, the Company
has reserved common shares for the following issuances:
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Founders’
Shares
In March 2000, the Company issued 4,923,098 shares of
restricted common stock to its two founders in exchange for
$200, or $0.00004 per share, which represented the fair value of
the common stock on the date of issue. The restricted stock
agreements provided for the immediate vesting of 20% of the
restricted shares. In the event that a founder was terminated,
the Company had the right to repurchase at the original purchase
price, $0.00004 per share, the number of shares that had not
vested. The repurchase rights, in aggregate for the two
founders, lapsed over five years at a rate of
196,924 shares per quarter beginning in March 2000. As of
December 31, 2006, no founders’ shares were subject to
repurchase.
10. The
2000 Stock Incentive Plan
Under the Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2000
Plan), the Company can issue up to 21,005,251 shares of
common stock. The 2000 Plan provides for the granting of
incentive stock options (ISOs) and nonstatutory stock options
and for the sale of restricted common stock to employees,
officers, directors and consultants of the Company.
Restricted
Common Stock
Under the 2000 Plan, the Board may authorize the sale of common
stock to employees, directors and consultants of the Company.
The purchase price and the terms under which the Company may
repurchase such shares shall be determined by the Board.
Prior to 2005, the Company had issued 8,014,987 shares of
restricted stock with prices ranging from $0.000041 to $1.0664.
During the year ended January 1, 2006, the Company sold
75,187 shares of restricted common stock under the 2000
Plan at $2.128 per share which represented the fair market value
of the common stock as determined by the Board on the date of
sale. All of these shares are subject to stock repurchase
agreements in the event that the holder terminates relationship
with the Company before the repurchase provisions lapse. Vesting
periods for restricted stock grants are generally five years.
During 2004 and the three months ended April 1, 2007, 4,388
and 45,011 shares were repurchased at their original
issuance price, respectively. At January 1, 2006,
December 31, 2006 and April 1, 2007, 138,784, 82,520
and 30,007 shares of restricted common stock were subject
to repurchase, respectively.
Stock
Options
Under the 2000 Plan, the Board may grant ISOs and nonstatutory
stock options to officers, employees, directors and consultants
of the Company. ISOs may be granted only to employees and
nonqualified stock options may be granted to officers, employees
and consultants of the Company. The Board determines the option
price for all stock options. Grants to officers, employees and
directors typically vest 20% on the first anniversary date of
the grant, with an incremental 5% vesting each quarter,
thereafter. All stock options issued under the Plan expire ten
years from the date of grant.
As there was no public market for our common stock prior to this
offering, the Company determined the volatility percentage used
in calculating the fair value of stock options it granted based
on an analysis of the historical stock price data for a peer
group of companies that issued options with substantially
similar terms. The expected volatility percentage used in
determining the fair value of stock options granted in fiscal
2006 and the three months ended April 1, 2007 was 89% and
78%, respectively. The expected life of options has been
determined utilizing the “simplified” method as
prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s, or
SEC’s, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107,
Share-Based Payment. The expected life of options granted
during fiscal 2006 and the three months ended April 1, 2007
was 6.5 years. For fiscal 2006 and the three months ended
April 1, 2007, the weighted-average risk free interest rate
used was 4.79%. The risk-free interest rate is based on a
7-year
treasury
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of
the stock options. Although the Company has paid a one-time
special cash dividend in April 2007, the expected dividend yield
is assumed to be zero as it does not anticipate paying cash
dividends on its shares of common stock in the future. In
addition, SFAS No. 123(R) requires companies to
utilize an estimated forfeiture rate when calculating the
expense for the period, whereas SFAS No. 123 permitted
companies to record forfeitures based on actual forfeitures,
which was the Company’s historical policy under
SFAS No. 123. As a result, the Company applied an
estimated forfeiture rate of 3.0% for fiscal 2006 and the three
months ended April 1, 2007 in determining the expense
recorded in its consolidated statement of operations. This rate
was derived by review of the Company’s historical
forfeitures since 2000.
Fair value as determined in a
retrospective valuation
(b)
Fair value as determined in a
contemporaneous valuation
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for the
Company’s common stock, and, in connection with its grants
of stock options and issuance of restricted stock awards, the
Company’s board of directors, with input from management,
determined the fair value of its common stock. The board
exercised judgment in determining the estimated fair value of
the Company’s common stock on the date of grant based on
several objective and subjective factors, including operating
and financial performance and corporate milestones, the
liquidation preferences, dividend rights and voting control
attributable to its then-outstanding convertible preferred stock
and, primarily, the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event
such as an initial public offering or sale of the company. As
shown in the table above, the fair value of the Company’s
common stock fluctuated from December 2005 to August 2006 due to
several objective and subjective factors, including changes in
the market values of comparable publicly traded companies, the
acceptance of the Company’s technology in the market, the
decline in sales during the first half of 2006 for the
Company’s Rev 0 products and the willingness of
wireless operators to deploy the Company’s planned
Rev A products in the second half of 2006. The value of the
Company’s common stock increased from August 2006 through
March 2007 primarily due to the delivery and market acceptance
of the Company’s planned Rev A products in September
2006 and the increased likelihood of achieving a liquidity
event, such as an initial public offering.
In preparation for the initial public offering of its common
stock, the Company reviewed the fair value of its common stock
during the two year period prior to the filing of this initial
registration statement, in accordance with the practice aid of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or
AICPA, titled Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity
Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
In November 2006, the Company prepared a contemporaneous
analysis of the fair value of its common stock. The Company
determined the value for its common stock $7.62 per share as of
November 15, 2006. The Company used the income and market
approaches to value the company. Under the income approach, the
Company applied the discounted cash flow method. Future values
were converted to present value using a discount rate of 20%,
which was derived using the capital asset pricing model. Under
the market approach, the Company compared itself to various
publicly traded companies in similar lines of business.
The Company then allocated its value between its common stock
and preferred stock using the probability-weighted expected
return method. The most likely liquidity event was assumed to be
an initial public offering, which was assigned a probability
weight of 50% and an assumed liquidity date of April 15,2007. The analysis also considered a sale/merger scenario as
well as a scenario where the company remained privately held.
In determining the fair value of its common stock, the Company
applied a 35% discount for lack of marketability to the
remaining privately held scenario only to reflect the fact that
there is no established trading market for its stock. The
Company determined the discount for lack of marketability by
looking at two sources of empirical evidence: studies of private
transactions prior to public offerings and studies of restricted
stocks. These studies have calculated average discounts to be
approximately 43% for private transactions prior to public
offerings and 32% for restricted stocks. The Company then
adjusted these discounts to reflect factors specific to its
common stock. When multiplied by the probability factor assigned
to remaining privately held, the overall effective discount for
lack of marketability is 16%.
The Company also performed retrospective analyses of the fair
value of its common stock on each of the grant dates of stock
options and restricted stock since December 2005.
Similar to the contemporaneous analysis performed previously,
the Company assigned probabilities to the various liquidity
events. For the period from December 2005 through August 2006,
the most likely liquidity event was assumed to be remaining a
private company. This event was assigned a weighting of 90% as
the Company had not yet expanded its OEM customer base, the
development of its new products was still in its infancy and it
was undergoing a transition to its next product version where
sales of its existing product were declining rapidly.
In September and October of 2006, the Company achieved several
key milestones, including the completion of an amendment to its
agreement with its largest customer to deliver the next software
release, the completion of an agreement with a new OEM customer,
and the initial deployments of the next version OEM base station
channel cards by the wireless operators. As such, the Company
increased the probability scenario for an IPO to 30% from 10%.
The indicated valuation of the Company’s common stock was
determined to be $6.10 per share as of October 17, 2006.
As a result of these retrospective analyses, the Company
recorded additional stock based compensation expense of
approximately $241 for fiscal 2006, to reflect amounts equal to
the differences between the values calculated using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the initial assessments
of fair value of common stock and the values calculated using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the reassessed fair
values of its common stock for each of the stock-based awards
granted between January 23, 2006 and October 17, 2006.
In February 2007, the Company performed an additional
contemporaneous analysis of the fair value of its common stock.
The Company used the same assumptions as those used in its
November 15, 2006 appraisal, except the initial public
offering scenario assumed a liquidity date of July 15, 2007
and the selected multiples under the market approach were
reduced to reflect the complexity of the Company’s revenue
accounting and related financial results. The Company determined
that the indicated value of its common stock was $7.04 per share
as of February 23, 2007.
In March 2007, the Company performed an additional
contemporaneous analysis of the fair value of its common stock.
The Company used the same assumptions as those used in the
February 23, 2007 appraisal, except the most likely
liquidity event of an initial public offering was assigned a
probability weight of 55%, up from 50% in the previous valuation
analysis. The increase in the probability was due to additional
progress made towards the
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
For fiscal 2006 and the three months ended April 1, 2007,
the Company recorded expense of $800 and $514, respectively, in
connection with share-based awards. As of December 31,2006, a future expense for non-vested stock options of $8,000
was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of
4.6 years. The adoption of FAS 123R had no effect on
cash flow for any period presented.
The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense
related to employee and director stock options, employee stock
purchases, and restricted stock grants for the years ended
January 2, 2005, January 1, 2006 and December 31,2006 and the three months ended April 2, 2006 and April 1, 2007
which were allocated as follows:
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
13. Employee
Benefit Plan
The Company has a 401(k) plan covering all eligible employees.
The Plan allows for matching contributions to be made. As of
December 31, 2006, no matching contributions had been made
by the Company. In 2007, the Company will match 50% of employee
contributions on the first 4% of their eligible compensation.
14. Related
Party Transactions
In 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with Qualcomm
Incorporated under which it licenses software for use in the
development of infrastructure equipment. The Company also
entered into a supply and distribution agreement with Qualcomm
relating to its ipBTS products. The Company paid Qualcomm
approximately $8,267 in 2004, $2,753 in 2005, $1,133 in 2006 and
$210 in the first quarter of fiscal 2007 in upfront license
payments, royalties and component purchases under its license
and supply agreements with Qualcomm. In 2004, Qualcomm paid the
Company approximately $47 for certain consulting services. In
the first quarter of fiscal 2007, Qualcomm paid the Company $46
for a prototype purchase. Amounts due to Qualcomm of $281, $201
and $97 were included in accrued expenses and other current
liabilities as of January 1, 2006, December 31, 2006
and April 1, 2007, respectively.
15. Special
Cash Dividend
On March 8, 2007, the Company declared a special cash
dividend of $1.333 per common stock equivalent payable on
April 5, 2007 to stockholders of record on March 28,2007. The payment to holders of common stock and redeemable
convertible preferred stock in April 2007 was $72,707. In
conjunction with this dividend and as required by our stock
incentive plan, all vested and unvested options outstanding were
adjusted by multiplying the exercise price by 0.8113 and the
number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the
option by 1.2326. As the fair value of the modified stock option
grants was the same as the fair value of the original option
grants immediately before the modification, no incremental
compensation cost will be recognized as a result of this special
cash dividend. The option information in Note 10 does not
reflect these adjustments to the outstanding awards. We have not
declared or paid any other cash dividends on our capital stock.
16. Subsequent
Events
On April 30, 2007, the Company acquired 3Way Networks
Limited, a United Kingdom-based provider of personal base
stations and solutions for the UMTS market, for an aggregate
purchase price of approximately $11,000 in cash and
441,845 shares of common stock.
In May 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved
the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
permits the Company to grant incentive stock options,
non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards and other
stock-based awards. The number of shares of common stock that
may be issued under the 2007 Stock Plan shall equal the sum of
11,252,813 shares of common stock, any shares of common
stock reserved for issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan that
remain available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan
immediately prior to the closing of this offering and any shares
of common stock subject to awards under the 2000 Stock Plan
which awards expire, terminate, or are otherwise surrendered,
canceled, forfeited or repurchased without having been fully
exercised; provided, however, that the maximum number of shares
of common stock that may initially be issued under the 2007
Stock Plan shall be 20,130,557, including the maximum number of
shares that may be rolled over upon expiration of the 2000 Stock
Plan.
17. Reverse
Stock Split
On May 22, 2007, the board of directors of the Company
approved, and on June 18, 2007, the stockholders of the
Company approved, a
1-for-1.333
reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock, which
was effective on
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
June 29, 2007. All share data shown in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements and related notes have been
retroactively revised to reflect the reverse stock split.
18. Quarterly
Financial Data (unaudited)
The following table presents the Company’s unaudited
quarterly consolidated results of operations for each of the
eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2006. The
unaudited quarterly consolidated information has been prepared
on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial
statements. You should read the following table presenting our
quarterly consolidated results of operations in conjunction with
our audited consolidated financial statements and the related
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating
results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the
operating results for any future period.
The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in
connection with the offering described in this registration
statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions,
all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated
except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee,
the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. filing fee
and the NASDAQ Stock Market listing fee.
Amount
Securities and Exchange Commission
registration fee
$
2,931
NASD, Inc. filing fee
10,500
NASDAQ Stock Market listing fee
150,000
Accountants’ fees and expenses
1,300,000
Legal fees and expenses
1,300,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses
20,000
Transfer Agent’s fees and
expenses
15,000
Printing and engraving expenses
150,000
Miscellaneous
221,569
Total expenses
$
3,000,000
Item 14.
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits
a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of its
directors or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach
of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director
breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good
faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a
law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock
repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an
improper personal benefit. Our restated certificate of
incorporation, that will become effective upon the closing of
this offering, provides that no director shall be personally
liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any
breach of fiduciary duty as director, notwithstanding any
provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent
that the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits the
elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches
of fiduciary duty.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and
certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation
in related capacities against expenses (including
attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in
connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he or she
is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such
position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he
or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her
conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions
brought by or in the right of the corporation, no
indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue
or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the
Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that,
despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the
circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of
Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will
indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of
us, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has
agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving,
or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer,
partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with,
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, all such
persons being referred to as an indemnitee, or by reason of any
action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity,
against all expenses, including attorneys’ fees,
liabilities, losses, judgments, fines, excise taxes and
penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by or on behalf of an indemnitee in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal
therefrom, if such indemnitee acted in good faith and in a
manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will
indemnify any indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened
to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in
our favor by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was,
or has agreed to become, our director or officer, or is or was
serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request, as a director,
officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar
capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to
have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all
expenses, including attorneys’ fees, and, to the extent
permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the indemnitee in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal
therefrom, if the indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner
which the indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification
shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which the indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to
us, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery
of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was
brought determines upon application that, despite the
adjudication of such liability but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, the indemnitee is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses, including
attorneys’ fees, which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or
such other court shall deem proper. Expenses must be advanced to
an indemnitee under certain circumstances.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of
our directors and our executive officers. These indemnification
agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our
directors and executive officers for some expenses, including
attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts
incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or
proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors or
executive officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other
company or enterprise to which the person provides services at
our request.
We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers
certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation
arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their
capacities as directors or officers.
In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with
the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the
underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions,
us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us with
the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against
certain liabilities.
Item 15.
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock
issued by us within the past three years. Also included is the
consideration received by us for such shares and information
relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from
registration was claimed.
(a) Stock Issuances
•
On January 27, 2006, we issued 298,953 shares of
series D preferred stock to Jeffrey D. Glidden, our Chief
Financial Officer, at a price per share of $3.345 for an
aggregate purchase price of $999,997.79. Upon the closing of
this offering, these shares will convert automatically into
224,270 shares of our common stock.
•
On April 30, 2007, in connection with the acquisition of
all of the outstanding shares of 3Way Networks Limited, we
issued an aggregate of 441,845 shares of common stock to
the stockholders of 3Way Networks.
The issuances of securities described above were made in
reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D
promulgated thereunder for transactions by an issuer not
involving a public offering or pursuant to Regulation S
promulgated under the Securities Act for transactions by an
issuer that occur outside the United States. All of the
purchasers in these transactions represented to us in
connection with their purchase that they were accredited
investors or not U.S. persons, as applicable, and were acquiring
the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view
to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and
appropriate legends were affixed to the instruments representing
such securities issued in such transactions. Such recipients
either received adequate information about us or had access to
such information
The foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for
purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing
the issued shares of capital stock described in this
Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the
securities had not been registered and the applicable
restrictions on transfer.
(b) Stock option grants
The sale and issuance of the securities described below were
deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act
in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under
Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an
issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant
to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to
compensation as provided under Rule 701.
•
Between April 1, 2004 and April 5, 2007, we granted
stock options to purchase 6,208,326 shares of common stock
with exercise prices ranging from $1.47 to $7.62 per share,
to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our 2000
Stock Plan. Between April 6, 2007 and May 22, 2007, we
granted stock options to purchase 681,509 shares of common
stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.001 to $6.72 per
share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our
2000 Stock Plan. The stock options to purchase
6,208,326 shares of common stock granted prior to
April 6, 2007 and related exercise prices do not reflect
the adjustment resulting from the cash dividend on our capital
stock that we paid in April 2007. Between April 1,2004 and May 22, 2007, options to purchase
978,524 shares of common stock were exercised for
consideration aggregating $1.1 million. The shares of
common stock issued upon exercise of options are deemed
restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
Form of Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the
closing of this offering)
3
.4**
Form of Amended and Restated
By-laws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of
this offering)
4
.1
Specimen Certificate evidencing
shares of common stock
5
.1
Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering
Hale and Dorr LLP
10
.1
2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as
amended
10
.2
2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10
.3
Forms of Incentive Stock Option
Agreements under 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10
.4
Forms of Nonstatutory Stock Option
Agreements under 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10
.5
Third Amended and Restated
Investor Rights Agreement dated June 6, 2007 between the
Registrant and the Preferred Investors, Other Investors,
Founders and Warrant Holders
10
.6†**
Development and Purchase and Sale
Agreement for CDMA High Data Rate (1xEv-DO) Products dated
October 1, 2001 between the Registrant and Nortel Networks,
Inc., as amended
10
.7†**
HDR Infrastructure Equipment
License Agreement, entered into on September 18, 2000, by
and between Qualcomm Incorporated and the Registrant, as amended
10
.8†**
CSM 6800 Software Agreement,
entered into as of April 28, 2004, by and between Qualcomm
Incorporated and the Registrant
Confidential treatment requested as
to certain portions, which portions have been filed separately
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Item 17.
Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers
and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the
foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933
and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the
Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant
to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating
to an offering, other than registration statements relying on
Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on
Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in
the registration statement as of the date it is first used after
effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a
registration statement or prospectus that is part of the
registration statement or made in a document incorporated or
deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement
or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will,
as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such
first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in
the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the
registration statement or made in any such document immediately
prior to such date of first use.
(4) In a primary offering of securities of the undersigned
registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless
of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the
purchaser, if the securities are offered or
sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following
communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to
the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such
securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of
Chelmsford, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this 2nd day
of July, 2007.
AIRVANA, INC.
By:
/s/ Randall
S. Battat
Randall S. Battat
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement has been signed
by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates
indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Randall
S. Battat
Randall
S. Battat
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director (principal executive officer)
Form of Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the
closing of this offering)
3
.4**
Form of Amended and Restated
By-laws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of
this offering)
4
.1
Specimen Certificate evidencing
shares of common stock
5
.1
Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering
Hale and Dorr LLP
10
.1
2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as
amended
10
.2
2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10
.3
Forms of Incentive Stock Option
Agreements under 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10
.4
Forms of Nonstatutory Stock Option
Agreements under 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10
.5
Third Amended and Restated
Investor Rights Agreement dated June 6, 2007 between the
Registrant and the Preferred Investors, Other Investors,
Founders and Warrant Holders
10
.6†**
Development and Purchase and Sale
Agreement for CDMA High Data Rate (1xEv-DO) Products dated
October 1, 2001 between the Registrant and Nortel Networks,
Inc., as amended
10
.7†**
HDR Infrastructure Equipment
License Agreement, entered into on September 18, 2000, by
and between Qualcomm Incorporated and the Registrant, as amended
10
.8†**
CSM 6800 Software Agreement,
entered into as of April 28, 2004, by and between Qualcomm
Incorporated and the Registrant